| This is gdbint.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from |
| /mnt/jenkins/workspace/linaro-android_toolchain-4.8-bzr/build/objdir/../build/../gdb/gdb-current/gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo. |
| |
| INFO-DIR-SECTION Software development |
| START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY |
| * Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals. |
| END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY |
| |
| Copyright (C) 1990-1994, 1996, 1998-2006, 2008-2012 Free Software |
| Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John |
| Gilmore. Second Edition by Stan Shebs. |
| |
| Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or |
| any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no |
| Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover |
| Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU |
| Free Documentation License". |
| |
| This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger GDB. |
| |
| Copyright (C) 1990-1994, 1996, 1998-2006, 2008-2012 Free Software |
| Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John |
| Gilmore. Second Edition by Stan Shebs. |
| |
| Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or |
| any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no |
| Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover |
| Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU |
| Free Documentation License". |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Top, Next: Summary, Up: (dir) |
| |
| Scope of this Document |
| ********************** |
| |
| This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, GDB. It |
| includes description of GDB's key algorithms and operations, as well as |
| the mechanisms that adapt GDB to specific hosts and targets. |
| |
| * Menu: |
| |
| * Summary:: |
| * Overall Structure:: |
| * Algorithms:: |
| * User Interface:: |
| * libgdb:: |
| * Values:: |
| * Stack Frames:: |
| * Symbol Handling:: |
| * Language Support:: |
| * Host Definition:: |
| * Target Architecture Definition:: |
| * Target Descriptions:: |
| * Target Vector Definition:: |
| * Native Debugging:: |
| * Support Libraries:: |
| * Coding Standards:: |
| * Misc Guidelines:: |
| * Porting GDB:: |
| * Versions and Branches:: |
| * Start of New Year Procedure:: |
| * Releasing GDB:: |
| * Testsuite:: |
| * Hints:: |
| |
| * GDB Observers:: GDB Currently available observers |
| * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation |
| * Concept Index:: |
| * Function and Variable Index:: |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Summary, Next: Overall Structure, Prev: Top, Up: Top |
| |
| 1 Summary |
| ********* |
| |
| * Menu: |
| |
| * Requirements:: |
| * Contributors:: |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Requirements, Next: Contributors, Up: Summary |
| |
| 1.1 Requirements |
| ================ |
| |
| Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal |
| requirements and other expectations for GDB. Although some of these |
| may seem obvious, there have been proposals for GDB that have run |
| counter to these requirements. |
| |
| First of all, GDB is a debugger. It's not designed to be a front |
| panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a shell. |
| It's not a programming environment. |
| |
| GDB is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is available, |
| GDB's primary role is to interact with a human programmer. |
| |
| GDB should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on the trail |
| of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is going to be |
| very impatient of everything, including the response time to debugger |
| commands. |
| |
| GDB should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions. While |
| the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made picky), |
| since source code lives for a long time usually, the programmer doing |
| debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to mollify the |
| debugger. |
| |
| GDB will be called upon to deal with really large programs. |
| Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've |
| heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size. |
| |
| GDB should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is |
| available for even half as many configurations as GDB supports. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Contributors, Prev: Requirements, Up: Summary |
| |
| 1.2 Contributors |
| ================ |
| |
| The first edition of this document was written by John Gilmore of |
| Cygnus Solutions. The current second edition was written by Stan Shebs |
| of Cygnus Solutions, who continues to update the manual. |
| |
| Over the years, many others have made additions and changes to this |
| document. This section attempts to record the significant contributors |
| to that effort. One of the virtues of free software is that everyone is |
| free to contribute to it; with regret, we cannot actually acknowledge |
| everyone here. |
| |
| _Plea:_ This section has only been added relatively recently (four |
| years after publication of the second edition). Additions to this |
| section are particularly welcome. If you or your friends (or |
| enemies, to be evenhanded) have been unfairly omitted from this |
| list, we would like to add your names! |
| |
| A document such as this relies on being kept up to date by numerous |
| small updates by contributing engineers as they make changes to the |
| code base. The file `ChangeLog' in the GDB distribution approximates a |
| blow-by-blow account. The most prolific contributors to this important, |
| but low profile task are Andrew Cagney (responsible for over half the |
| entries), Daniel Jacobowitz, Mark Kettenis, Jim Blandy and Eli |
| Zaretskii. |
| |
| Eli Zaretskii and Daniel Jacobowitz wrote the sections documenting |
| watchpoints. |
| |
| Jeremy Bennett updated the sections on initializing a new |
| architecture and register representation, and added the section on |
| Frame Interpretation. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Overall Structure, Next: Algorithms, Prev: Summary, Up: Top |
| |
| 2 Overall Structure |
| ******************* |
| |
| GDB consists of three major subsystems: user interface, symbol handling |
| (the "symbol side"), and target system handling (the "target side"). |
| |
| The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus |
| supporting code. |
| |
| The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info |
| interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression |
| parsing, type and value printing. |
| |
| The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, |
| and physical target manipulation. |
| |
| The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a |
| number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic |
| elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it |
| supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead, |
| this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems |
| should fit together. |
| |
| 2.1 The Symbol Side |
| =================== |
| |
| The symbolic side of GDB can be thought of as "everything you can do in |
| GDB without having a live program running". For instance, you can look |
| at the types of variables, and evaluate many kinds of expressions. |
| |
| 2.2 The Target Side |
| =================== |
| |
| The target side of GDB is the "bits and bytes manipulator". Although |
| it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most of the |
| target side will run with only a stripped executable available--or even |
| no executable at all, in remote debugging cases. |
| |
| Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register |
| display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases, |
| such as disassembly, GDB will use symbolic info to present addresses |
| relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either |
| way. |
| |
| 2.3 Configurations |
| ================== |
| |
| "Host" refers to attributes of the system where GDB runs. "Target" |
| refers to the system where the program being debugged executes. In |
| most cases they are the same machine, in which case a third type of |
| "Native" attributes come into play. |
| |
| Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host |
| support. Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte |
| order, host float format. These are all calculated by `autoconf' when |
| the debugger is built. |
| |
| Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target |
| dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set, |
| breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the |
| stack to call a function. |
| |
| Information that is only needed when the host and target are the |
| same, is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; |
| if the host and target are not the same, calling `fork' to start the |
| target process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the |
| registers in the `upage', running `ptrace', and such are all in the |
| native-dependent files. |
| |
| Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that |
| are really part of the target environment, but which require `#include' |
| files that are only available on the host system. Core file handling |
| and `setjmp' handling are two common cases. |
| |
| When you want to make GDB work as the traditional native debugger on |
| a system, you will need to supply both target and native information. |
| |
| 2.4 Source Tree Structure |
| ========================= |
| |
| The GDB source directory has a mostly flat structure--there are only a |
| few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as to what it |
| does; for example, `stabsread.c' reads stabs, `dwarf2read.c' reads |
| DWARF 2, etc. |
| |
| Files that are related to some common task have names that share |
| common substrings. For example, `*-thread.c' files deal with debugging |
| threads on various platforms; `*read.c' files deal with reading various |
| kinds of symbol and object files; `inf*.c' files deal with direct |
| control of the "inferior program" (GDB parlance for the program being |
| debugged). |
| |
| There are several dozens of files in the `*-tdep.c' family. `tdep' |
| stands for "target-dependent code"--each of these files implements |
| debug support for a specific target architecture (sparc, mips, etc). |
| Usually, only one of these will be used in a specific GDB configuration |
| (sometimes two, closely related). |
| |
| Similarly, there are many `*-nat.c' files, each one for native |
| debugging on a specific system (e.g., `sparc-linux-nat.c' is for native |
| debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel). |
| |
| The few subdirectories of the source tree are: |
| |
| `cli' |
| Code that implements "CLI", the GDB Command-Line Interpreter. |
| *Note Command Interpreter: User Interface. |
| |
| `gdbserver' |
| Code for the GDB remote server. |
| |
| `gdbtk' |
| Code for Insight, the GDB TK-based GUI front-end. |
| |
| `mi' |
| The "GDB/MI", the GDB Machine Interface interpreter. |
| |
| `signals' |
| Target signal translation code. |
| |
| `tui' |
| Code for "TUI", the GDB Text-mode full-screen User Interface. |
| *Note TUI: User Interface. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Algorithms, Next: User Interface, Prev: Overall Structure, Up: Top |
| |
| 3 Algorithms |
| ************ |
| |
| GDB uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are often not |
| very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special cases and |
| real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic algorithms and |
| mentions some of the specific target definitions that they use. |
| |
| 3.1 Prologue Analysis |
| ===================== |
| |
| To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames' |
| variables and arguments, GDB needs to find the base addresses of older |
| frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been saved. |
| Since a frame's "callee-saves" registers get saved by younger frames if |
| and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be scattered |
| unpredictably across younger frames. This means that changing the |
| value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame may actually |
| entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame. |
| |
| Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information ("CFI"), |
| which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers. |
| But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback GDB uses a technique |
| called "prologue analysis" to find frame sizes and saved registers. A |
| prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine code starting |
| from its entry point, and looks for instructions that allocate frame |
| space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer register, save |
| registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done accurately in |
| general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very helpful. |
| Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for CFI; at one |
| time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism GDB used for stack |
| unwinding at all, when the function calling conventions didn't specify |
| a fixed frame layout. |
| |
| In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written, |
| target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by |
| optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to |
| write a prologue analyzer for GDB that would accurately understand all |
| the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time GCC became more |
| aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to understand more |
| about the semantics of the prologue instructions themselves; in |
| response, GDB's analyzers became more complex and fragile. Keeping the |
| prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the instruction sets themselves) |
| evolved became a substantial task. |
| |
| To try to address this problem, the code in `prologue-value.h' and |
| `prologue-value.c' provides a general framework for writing prologue |
| analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc analyzers. When |
| we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value framework, we're really |
| doing "abstract interpretation" or "pseudo-evaluation": running the |
| function's code in simulation, but using conservative approximations of |
| the values registers and memory would hold when the code actually runs. |
| For example, if our function starts with the instruction: |
| |
| addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1 |
| we don't know exactly what value will be in `r1' after executing |
| this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original |
| value. |
| |
| If we then see an instruction like: |
| |
| addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1 |
| we still don't know what `r1's' value is, but again, we can say it |
| is now 64 greater than its original value. |
| |
| If the next instruction were: |
| |
| mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value |
| then we can say that `r2's' value is now the original value of `r1' |
| plus 64. |
| |
| It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll |
| need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the |
| registers. So after an instruction like this: |
| |
| mov (fp+4), r2 |
| then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer |
| holds the original value of `r1' plus 64. |
| |
| And so on. |
| |
| Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If |
| we wanted to be able to say anything about the value of `r1' after the |
| instruction: |
| |
| xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1 |
| then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing |
| a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't |
| relevant to prologues, we can just say `r1''s value is now "unknown". |
| We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of information |
| is acceptable for our application. |
| |
| So when we say "conservative approximation" here, what we mean is an |
| approximation that is either accurate, or marked "unknown", but never |
| inaccurate. |
| |
| Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter |
| for machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the |
| contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting |
| from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the |
| current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate. Now |
| you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've kept |
| track of. |
| |
| * To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the |
| stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP minus |
| a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size. If the |
| SP's value has been marked as "unknown", then that means the |
| prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and we |
| don't know the frame size. |
| |
| * To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just |
| search the values we've tracked -- stack slots, usually, but |
| registers, too, if you want -- for something equal to the |
| register's original value. If the calling conventions suggest a |
| standard place to save a given register, then we can check there |
| first, but really, anything that will get us back the original |
| value will probably work. |
| |
| This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't |
| quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue |
| forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior |
| function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion of |
| the time needed to stabilize a GDB port. So it's worthwhile to look |
| for an approach that will be easier to understand and maintain. In the |
| approach described above: |
| |
| * It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see |
| whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates |
| the effect of each instruction. |
| |
| * It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new |
| instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that |
| wasn't already broken before. |
| |
| * It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to |
| complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain |
| of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you what |
| you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are |
| already gathering the right data for you. |
| |
| |
| The file `prologue-value.h' contains detailed comments explaining |
| the framework and how to use it. |
| |
| 3.2 Breakpoint Handling |
| ======================= |
| |
| In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program |
| where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches |
| that location. |
| |
| There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as |
| "hardware" breakpoints or as "software" breakpoints. |
| |
| Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging |
| features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated |
| register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC |
| (shorthand for "program counter") ever matches a value in a breakpoint |
| registers, the CPU raises an exception and reports it to GDB. |
| |
| Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators |
| include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the |
| processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's |
| address. |
| |
| A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do |
| breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own |
| software breakpoints. So although these are not literally "hardware |
| breakpoints", from GDB's point of view they work the same; GDB need not |
| do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait for something to |
| happen. |
| |
| Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be |
| limited in number; when the user asks for more, GDB will start trying |
| to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures, notably the |
| 32-bit x86 platforms, GDB cannot always know whether there's enough |
| hardware resources to insert all the hardware breakpoints and |
| watchpoints. On those platforms, GDB prints an error message only when |
| the program being debugged is continued.) |
| |
| Software breakpoints require GDB to do somewhat more work. The |
| basic theory is that GDB will replace a program instruction with a |
| trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction that will cause an |
| exception, and then when it's encountered, GDB will take the exception |
| and stop the program. When the user says to continue, GDB will restore |
| the original instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue |
| on. |
| |
| Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program |
| area must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. |
| It can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves, |
| although such a situation would be highly unusual. |
| |
| Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest |
| size of instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might |
| be a jump target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the |
| middle of the breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the |
| breakpoint must be no larger than the smallest interval between |
| instructions that may be jump targets; perhaps there is an architecture |
| where only even-numbered instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's |
| possible for an instruction set not to have any instructions usable for |
| a software breakpoint, although in practice only the ARC has failed to |
| define such an instruction. |
| |
| Basic breakpoint object handling is in `breakpoint.c'. However, |
| much of the interesting breakpoint action is in `infrun.c'. |
| |
| `target_remove_breakpoint (BP_TGT)' |
| `target_insert_breakpoint (BP_TGT)' |
| Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address |
| `BP_TGT->placed_address'. Returns zero for success, non-zero for |
| failure. On input, BP_TGT contains the address of the breakpoint, |
| and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the `struct |
| bp_target_info' pointed to by BP_TGT are updated to contain other |
| information about the breakpoint on output. The field |
| `placed_address' may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a |
| related address; the field `shadow_contents' contains the real |
| contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted, if |
| reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the |
| underlying memory; the field `shadow_len' is the length of memory |
| cached in `shadow_contents', if any; and the field `placed_size' |
| is optionally set and used by the target, if it could differ from |
| `shadow_len'. |
| |
| For example, the remote target `Z0' packet does not require |
| shadowing memory, so `shadow_len' is left at zero. However, the |
| length reported by `gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc' is cached in |
| `placed_size', so that a matching `z0' packet can be used to |
| remove the breakpoint. |
| |
| `target_remove_hw_breakpoint (BP_TGT)' |
| `target_insert_hw_breakpoint (BP_TGT)' |
| Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address |
| `BP_TGT->placed_address'. Returns zero for success, non-zero for |
| failure. See `target_insert_breakpoint' for a description of the |
| `struct bp_target_info' pointed to by BP_TGT; the |
| `shadow_contents' and `shadow_len' members are not used for |
| hardware breakpoints, but `placed_size' may be. |
| |
| 3.3 Single Stepping |
| =================== |
| |
| 3.4 Signal Handling |
| =================== |
| |
| 3.5 Thread Handling |
| =================== |
| |
| 3.6 Inferior Function Calls |
| =========================== |
| |
| 3.7 Longjmp Support |
| =================== |
| |
| GDB has support for figuring out that the target is doing a `longjmp' |
| and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are stepping. This |
| is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints, which are visible |
| in the output of the `maint info breakpoint' command. |
| |
| To make this work, you need to define a function called |
| `gdbarch_get_longjmp_target', which will examine the `jmp_buf' |
| structure and extract the `longjmp' target address. Since `jmp_buf' is |
| target specific and typically defined in a target header not available |
| to GDB, you will need to determine the offset of the PC manually and |
| return that; many targets define a `jb_pc_offset' field in the tdep |
| structure to save the value once calculated. |
| |
| 3.8 Watchpoints |
| =============== |
| |
| Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (*note breakpoints: |
| Algorithms.) which break when data is accessed rather than when some |
| instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without your |
| knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to hunt |
| down and kill such bugs. |
| |
| Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type |
| is known as "software watchpoints." GDB always uses hardware-assisted |
| watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on software |
| watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where GDB will use software |
| watchpoints are: |
| |
| * The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware |
| watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can |
| watch up to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures |
| whose size is more than 16 bytes will cause GDB to use software |
| watchpoints. |
| |
| * The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in |
| registers (as opposed to memory). |
| |
| * Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures, |
| this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program |
| is resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for |
| hardware breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many |
| hardware breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail. |
| |
| * No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target |
| implementation. |
| |
| Software watchpoints are very slow, since GDB needs to single-step |
| the program being debugged and test the value of the watched |
| expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this section is |
| mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints. |
| |
| When the inferior stops, GDB tries to establish, among other |
| possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit. It |
| first uses `STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT' to see if any watchpoint was hit. |
| If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped. |
| |
| Then GDB calls `target_stopped_data_address' exactly once. This |
| method returns the address of the watchpoint which triggered, if the |
| target can determine it. If the triggered address is available, GDB |
| compares the address returned by this method with each watched memory |
| address in each active watchpoint. For data-read and data-access |
| watchpoints, GDB announces every watchpoint that watches the triggered |
| address as being hit. For this reason, data-read and data-access |
| watchpoints _require_ that the triggered address be available; if not, |
| read and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For |
| data-write watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, GDB |
| considers only those watchpoints which match that address; otherwise, |
| GDB considers all data-write watchpoints. For each data-write |
| watchpoint that GDB considers, it evaluates the expression whose value |
| is being watched, and tests whether the watched value has changed. |
| Watchpoints whose watched values have changed are announced as hit. |
| |
| GDB uses several macros and primitives to support hardware |
| watchpoints: |
| |
| `TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (TYPE, COUNT, OTHER)' |
| Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type TYPE that are |
| possible to be set. The value is positive if COUNT watchpoints of |
| this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is |
| not supported, and negative if COUNT is more than the maximum |
| number of watchpoints of type TYPE that can be set. OTHER is |
| non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there |
| are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types |
| at the same time). |
| |
| `TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (ADDR, LEN)' |
| Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a |
| region whose address is ADDR and whose length in bytes is LEN. |
| |
| `target_insert_watchpoint (ADDR, LEN, TYPE)' |
| `target_remove_watchpoint (ADDR, LEN, TYPE)' |
| Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at ADDR, for LEN |
| bytes. TYPE is the watchpoint type, one of the possible values of |
| the enumerated data type `target_hw_bp_type', defined by |
| `breakpoint.h' as follows: |
| |
| enum target_hw_bp_type |
| { |
| hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */ |
| hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */ |
| hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */ |
| hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */ |
| }; |
| |
| These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure. |
| |
| `target_stopped_data_address (ADDR_P)' |
| If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the |
| address associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to |
| by ADDR_P and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This is |
| required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is not |
| required for data-write watchpoints, but GDB uses it to improve |
| handling of those also. |
| |
| GDB will only call this method once per watchpoint stop, |
| immediately after calling `STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT'. If the |
| target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after |
| resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug |
| control register has sticky triggered flags. |
| |
| `target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (TARGET, ADDR, START, LENGTH)' |
| Check whether ADDR (as returned by `target_stopped_data_address') |
| lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by |
| START and LENGTH. This only needs to be provided if the |
| granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the |
| watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the |
| watched region. |
| |
| `HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT' |
| If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a |
| watchpoint to step over it. Like |
| `gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint', this is usually set when |
| watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an |
| interesting read or write. It should be set if there is a |
| temporary disable bit which allows the processor to step over the |
| interesting instruction without raising the watchpoint exception |
| again. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (GDBARCH)' |
| If it returns a non-zero value, GDB should disable a watchpoint to |
| step the inferior over it. This is usually set when watchpoints |
| trigger at the instruction which will perform an interesting read |
| or write. |
| |
| `HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT' |
| If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the |
| inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set |
| when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an |
| interesting read or write. |
| |
| `STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (WAIT_STATUS)' |
| Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. WAIT_STATUS is of the |
| type `struct target_waitstatus', defined by `target.h'. Normally, |
| this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by the |
| `to_stopped_by_watchpoint' member of the structure (of the type |
| `target_ops', defined on `target.h') that describes the |
| target-specific operations; `to_stopped_by_watchpoint' ignores the |
| WAIT_STATUS argument. |
| |
| GDB does not require the non-zero value returned by |
| `STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT' to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot |
| determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a |
| watchpoint, it could return non-zero "just in case". |
| |
| 3.8.1 Watchpoints and Threads |
| ----------------------------- |
| |
| GDB only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger in all |
| threads. GDB uses the thread ID to make watchpoints act as if they |
| were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware watchpoints that only |
| trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even if the target supports |
| threads, per-thread debug registers, and watchpoints which only affect |
| a single thread, it should set the per-thread debug registers for all |
| threads to the same value. On GNU/Linux native targets, this is |
| accomplished by using `ALL_LWPS' in `target_insert_watchpoint' and |
| `target_remove_watchpoint' and by using `linux_set_new_thread' to |
| register a handler for newly created threads. |
| |
| GDB's GNU/Linux support only reports a single event at a time, |
| although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for multi-threaded |
| programs. When multiple events occur, `linux-nat.c' queues subsequent |
| events and returns them the next time the program is resumed. This |
| means that `STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT' and `target_stopped_data_address' |
| only need to consult the current thread's state--the thread indicated |
| by `inferior_ptid'. If two threads have hit watchpoints |
| simultaneously, those routines will be called a second time for the |
| second thread. |
| |
| 3.8.2 x86 Watchpoints |
| --------------------- |
| |
| The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a. ia32) processors feature special debug |
| registers designed to facilitate debugging. GDB provides a generic |
| library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement support |
| for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This subsection |
| documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in GDB. |
| |
| (At present, the library functions read and write debug registers |
| directly, and are thus only available for native configurations.) |
| |
| To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the |
| following: |
| |
| * Define the macro `I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS' somewhere in the |
| target-dependent headers. |
| |
| * Include the `config/i386/nm-i386.h' header file _after_ defining |
| `I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS'. |
| |
| * Add `i386-nat.o' to the value of the Make variable `NATDEPFILES' |
| (*note NATDEPFILES: Native Debugging.). |
| |
| * Provide implementations for the `I386_DR_LOW_*' macros described |
| below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific |
| function which does the real work. |
| |
| The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the |
| debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the |
| real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to |
| provide: |
| |
| `I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (VAL)' |
| Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value VAL. |
| |
| `I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (IDX, ADDR)' |
| Put the address ADDR into the debug register number IDX. |
| |
| `I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (IDX)' |
| Reset (i.e. zero out) the address stored in the debug register |
| number IDX. |
| |
| `I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS' |
| Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is |
| used immediately after it is returned by `I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS', |
| so as to support per-thread status register values. |
| |
| For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3) |
| that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by GDB, to allow |
| sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This allows users |
| to define several watchpoints that watch the same expression, but with |
| different conditions and/or commands, without wasting debug registers |
| which are in short supply. GDB maintains the reference counts |
| internally, targets don't have to do anything to use this feature. |
| |
| The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4 |
| bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region be |
| appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte region |
| on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in GDB can |
| watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4 bytes (up to 16 |
| bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch a single region. |
| This allocation of several registers per a watched region is also done |
| automatically without target code intervention. |
| |
| The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the |
| GDB's application code: |
| |
| `i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (ADDR, LEN)' |
| The macro `TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT' is set to call this |
| function. It counts the number of debug registers required to |
| watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number |
| is less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86 |
| processors. |
| |
| `i386_stopped_data_address (ADDR_P)' |
| The target function `target_stopped_data_address' is set to call |
| this function. This function examines the breakpoint condition |
| bits in the DR6 Debug Status register, as returned by the |
| `I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS' macro, and returns the address associated |
| with the first bit that is set in DR6. |
| |
| `i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)' |
| The macro `STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT' is set to call this function. |
| The argument passed to `STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT' is ignored. This |
| function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug |
| Status register, as returned by the `I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS' |
| macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is |
| returned. |
| |
| `i386_insert_watchpoint (ADDR, LEN, TYPE)' |
| `i386_remove_watchpoint (ADDR, LEN, TYPE)' |
| Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros |
| `target_insert_watchpoint' and `target_remove_watchpoint' are set |
| to call these functions. `i386_insert_watchpoint' first looks for |
| a debug register which is already set to watch the same region for |
| the same access types; if found, it just increments the reference |
| count of that debug register, thus implementing debug register |
| sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found, the |
| function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored |
| value to ADDR, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control |
| register as appropriate for the LEN and TYPE parameters, and then |
| passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the |
| inferior by calling `I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR' and |
| `I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL'. If more than one debug register is |
| required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated |
| for each debug register. |
| |
| `i386_remove_watchpoint' does the opposite: it resets the address |
| in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and |
| length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new |
| values to the inferior via `I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR' and |
| `I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL'. If a register is shared by several |
| watchpoints, each time a `i386_remove_watchpoint' is called, it |
| decrements the reference count, and only calls |
| `I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR' and `I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL' when the |
| count goes to zero. |
| |
| `i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (BP_TGT)' |
| `i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (BP_TGT)' |
| These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. |
| The macros `target_insert_hw_breakpoint' and |
| `target_remove_hw_breakpoint' are set to call these functions. |
| The argument is a `struct bp_target_info *', as described in the |
| documentation for `target_insert_breakpoint'. These functions |
| work like `i386_insert_watchpoint' and `i386_remove_watchpoint', |
| respectively, except that they set up the debug registers to watch |
| instruction execution, and each hardware-assisted breakpoint |
| always requires exactly one debug register. |
| |
| `i386_cleanup_dregs (void)' |
| This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and |
| control bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It |
| doesn't affect the actual debug registers in the inferior process. |
| |
| *Notes:* |
| 1. x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes. |
| However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and |
| since `enum target_hw_bp_type' doesn't even have an enumeration |
| for I/O watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to GDB |
| running on x86. |
| |
| 2. x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task |
| only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register, |
| there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines |
| whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The |
| current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in GDB always |
| sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global watchpoints |
| might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably |
| unavailable in many platforms. |
| |
| 3.9 Checkpoints |
| =============== |
| |
| In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of |
| the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time. |
| |
| Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, |
| including whatever information is required in order to restore the |
| program to that state at a later time. This can be expected to include |
| the state of registers and memory, and may include external state such |
| as the state of open files and devices. |
| |
| There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented |
| in gdb, e.g. as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque |
| method implemented on the target side. |
| |
| A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register |
| state, which can in principle be restored later -- but corefiles do not |
| typically include information about external entities such as open |
| files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb. |
| |
| A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers, as |
| well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method is used to |
| implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might be used on other |
| systems. |
| |
| Some targets, e.g. simulators, might have their own built-in method |
| for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take advantage of that |
| capability without necessarily knowing any details of how it is done. |
| |
| 3.10 Observing changes in GDB internals |
| ======================================= |
| |
| In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when |
| some changes occur in the GDB internals. Traditionally, these modules |
| have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being hooks and |
| gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was versatile |
| enough to become the standard notification mechanism in GDB. The fact |
| that they only supported one "client" was also a strong limitation. |
| |
| A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the `Design |
| Patterns' book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide |
| a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms |
| previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed, |
| easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard |
| interface when adding new notifications. |
| |
| See *note GDB Observers:: for a brief description of the observers |
| currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current |
| implementation is also briefly discussed. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: User Interface, Next: libgdb, Prev: Algorithms, Up: Top |
| |
| 4 User Interface |
| **************** |
| |
| GDB has several user interfaces, of which the traditional command-line |
| interface is perhaps the most familiar. |
| |
| 4.1 Command Interpreter |
| ======================= |
| |
| The command interpreter in GDB is fairly simple. It is designed to |
| allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also has |
| a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to a |
| command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list. |
| |
| For instance, the `set' command just starts a lookup on the |
| `setlist' command list, while `set thread' recurses to the |
| `set_thread_cmd_list'. |
| |
| To add commands in general, use `add_cmd'. `add_com' adds to the |
| main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual |
| place to add commands is in the `_initialize_XYZ' routines at the ends |
| of most source files. |
| |
| To add paired `set' and `show' commands, use `add_setshow_cmd' or |
| `add_setshow_cmd_full'. The former is a slightly simpler interface |
| which is useful when you don't need to further modify the new command |
| structures, while the latter returns the new command structures for |
| manipulation. |
| |
| Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to |
| deprecate them for some time. Use `deprecate_cmd' on commands or |
| aliases to set the deprecated flag. `deprecate_cmd' takes a `struct |
| cmd_list_element' as it's first argument. You can use the return value |
| from `add_com' or `add_cmd' to deprecate the command immediately after |
| it is created. |
| |
| The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered |
| a replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed |
| to `deprecate_cmd' should be the full name of the command, i.e., the |
| entire string the user should type at the command line. |
| |
| 4.2 UI-Independent Output--the `ui_out' Functions |
| ================================================= |
| |
| The `ui_out' functions present an abstraction level for the GDB output |
| code. They hide the specifics of different user interfaces supported |
| by GDB, and thus free the programmer from the need to write several |
| versions of the same code, one each for every UI, to produce output. |
| |
| 4.2.1 Overview and Terminology |
| ------------------------------ |
| |
| In general, execution of each GDB command produces some sort of output, |
| and can even generate an input request. |
| |
| Output can be generated for the following purposes: |
| |
| * to display a _result_ of an operation; |
| |
| * to convey _info_ or produce side-effects of a requested operation; |
| |
| * to provide a _notification_ of an asynchronous event (including |
| progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation); |
| |
| * to display _error messages_ (including warnings); |
| |
| * to show _debug data_; |
| |
| * to _query_ or prompt a user for input (a special case). |
| |
| This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output, |
| although some of it also applies to other kinds of output. |
| |
| Generation of output that displays the results of an operation |
| involves one or more of the following: |
| |
| * output of the actual data |
| |
| * formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it |
| easily readable by humans |
| |
| * machine oriented formatting-a more terse formatting to allow for |
| easy parsing by programs which read GDB's output |
| |
| * annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify |
| interesting parts in the output |
| |
| The `ui_out' routines take care of the first three aspects. |
| Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use |
| of annotations for an interface between a GUI and GDB is deprecated. |
| |
| Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a "field"; |
| a "list" consisting of identical fields; a "tuple" consisting of |
| non-identical fields; or a "table", which is a tuple consisting of a |
| header and a body. In a BNF-like form: |
| |
| `<table> ==>' |
| `<header> <body>' |
| |
| `<header> ==>' |
| `{ <column> }' |
| |
| `<column> ==>' |
| `<width> <alignment> <title>' |
| |
| `<body> ==>' |
| `{<row>}' |
| |
| 4.2.2 General Conventions |
| ------------------------- |
| |
| Most `ui_out' routines are of type `void', the exceptions are |
| `ui_out_stream_new' (which returns a pointer to the newly created |
| object) and the `make_cleanup' routines. |
| |
| The first parameter is always the `ui_out' vector object, a pointer |
| to a `struct ui_out'. |
| |
| The FORMAT parameter is like in `printf' family of functions. When |
| it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments |
| sufficient used to satisfy the `%' specifiers in the supplied format. |
| |
| When a character string argument is not used in a `ui_out' function |
| call, a `NULL' pointer has to be supplied instead. |
| |
| 4.2.3 Table, Tuple and List Functions |
| ------------------------------------- |
| |
| This section introduces `ui_out' routines for building lists, tuples |
| and tables. The routines to output the actual data items (fields) are |
| presented in the next section. |
| |
| To recap: A "tuple" is a sequence of "fields", each field containing |
| information about an object; a "list" is a sequence of fields where |
| each field describes an identical object. |
| |
| Use the "table" functions when your output consists of a list of |
| rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this |
| even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header. |
| |
| Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a |
| maximum of five levels. |
| |
| The overall structure of the table output code is something like |
| this: |
| |
| ui_out_table_begin |
| ui_out_table_header |
| ... |
| ui_out_table_body |
| ui_out_tuple_begin |
| ui_out_field_* |
| ... |
| ui_out_tuple_end |
| ... |
| ui_out_table_end |
| |
| Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related `ui_out' |
| functions: |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *UIOUT, int |
| NBROFCOLS, int NR_ROWS, const char *TBLID) |
| The function `ui_out_table_begin' marks the beginning of the output |
| of a table. It should always be called before any other `ui_out' |
| function for a given table. NBROFCOLS is the number of columns in |
| the table. NR_ROWS is the number of rows in the table. TBLID is |
| an optional string identifying the table. The string pointed to |
| by TBLID is copied by the implementation of `ui_out_table_begin', |
| so the application can free the string if it was `malloc'ed. |
| |
| The companion function `ui_out_table_end', described below, marks |
| the end of the table's output. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *UIOUT, int |
| WIDTH, enum ui_align ALIGNMENT, const char *COLHDR) |
| `ui_out_table_header' provides the header information for a single |
| table column. You call this function several times, one each for |
| every column of the table, after `ui_out_table_begin', but before |
| `ui_out_table_body'. |
| |
| The value of WIDTH gives the column width in characters. The |
| value of ALIGNMENT is one of `left', `center', and `right', and it |
| specifies how to align the header: left-justify, center, or |
| right-justify it. COLHDR points to a string that specifies the |
| column header; the implementation copies that string, so column |
| header strings in `malloc'ed storage can be freed after the call. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *UIOUT) |
| This function delimits the table header from the table body. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *UIOUT) |
| This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be |
| called after the table body has been produced by the list and |
| field output functions. |
| |
| There should be exactly one call to `ui_out_table_end' for each |
| call to `ui_out_table_begin', otherwise the `ui_out' functions |
| will signal an internal error. |
| |
| The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow |
| the call to `ui_out_table_body' and precede the call to |
| `ui_out_table_end'. You build a tuple by calling `ui_out_tuple_begin' |
| and `ui_out_tuple_end', with suitable calls to functions which actually |
| output fields between them. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *UIOUT, const char |
| *ID) |
| This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. ID points to |
| an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the |
| implementation, and so strings in `malloc'ed storage can be freed |
| after the call. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *UIOUT) |
| This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be |
| exactly one call to `ui_out_tuple_end' for each call to |
| `ui_out_tuple_begin', otherwise an internal GDB error will be |
| signaled. |
| |
| -- Function: struct cleanup * make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end |
| (struct ui_out *UIOUT, const char *ID) |
| This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup |
| (*note Cleanups: Misc Guidelines.) to close the tuple. It |
| provides a convenient and correct implementation of the |
| non-portable(1) code sequence: |
| struct cleanup *old_cleanup; |
| ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "..."); |
| old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end, |
| uiout); |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *UIOUT, const char |
| *ID) |
| This function marks the beginning of a list output. ID points to |
| an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the |
| implementation, and so strings in `malloc'ed storage can be freed |
| after the call. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *UIOUT) |
| This function signals an end of a list output. There should be |
| exactly one call to `ui_out_list_end' for each call to |
| `ui_out_list_begin', otherwise an internal GDB error will be |
| signaled. |
| |
| -- Function: struct cleanup * make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end |
| (struct ui_out *UIOUT, const char *ID) |
| Similar to `make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end', this function |
| opens a list and then establishes cleanup (*note Cleanups: Misc |
| Guidelines.) that will close the list. |
| |
| 4.2.4 Item Output Functions |
| --------------------------- |
| |
| The functions described below produce output for the actual data items, |
| or fields, which contain information about the object. |
| |
| Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *UIOUT, char |
| *FLDNAME, char *FORMAT, ...) |
| This is the most general output function. It produces the |
| representation of the data in the variable-length argument list |
| according to formatting specifications in FORMAT, a `printf'-like |
| format string. The optional argument FLDNAME supplies the name of |
| the field. The data items themselves are supplied as additional |
| arguments after FORMAT. |
| |
| This generic function should be used only when it is not possible |
| to use one of the specialized versions (see below). |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *UIOUT, const char |
| *FLDNAME, int VALUE) |
| This function outputs a value of an `int' variable. It uses the |
| `"%d"' output conversion specification. FLDNAME specifies the |
| name of the field. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *UIOUT, int |
| WIDTH, enum ui_align ALIGNMENT, const char *FLDNAME, int |
| VALUE) |
| This function outputs a value of an `int' variable. It differs |
| from `ui_out_field_int' in that the caller specifies the desired |
| WIDTH and ALIGNMENT of the output. FLDNAME specifies the name of |
| the field. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *UIOUT, const |
| char *FLDNAME, struct gdbarch *GDBARCH, CORE_ADDR ADDRESS) |
| This function outputs an address as appropriate for GDBARCH. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *UIOUT, const |
| char *FLDNAME, const char *STRING) |
| This function outputs a string using the `"%s"' conversion |
| specification. |
| |
| Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using |
| functions that operate on a stream, such as `value_print' or |
| `fprintf_symbol_filtered'. These functions accept an argument of the |
| type `struct ui_file *', a pointer to a `ui_file' object used to store |
| the data stream used for the output. When you use one of these |
| functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a `ui_file' |
| object to the `ui_out' functions. To this end, you first create a |
| `ui_stream' object by calling `ui_out_stream_new', pass the `stream' |
| member of that `ui_stream' object to `value_print' and similar |
| functions, and finally call `ui_out_field_stream' to output the field |
| you constructed. When the `ui_stream' object is no longer needed, you |
| should destroy it and free its memory by calling `ui_out_stream_delete'. |
| |
| -- Function: struct ui_stream * ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out |
| *UIOUT) |
| This function creates a new `ui_stream' object which uses the same |
| output methods as the `ui_out' object whose pointer is passed in |
| UIOUT. It returns a pointer to the newly created `ui_stream' |
| object. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *STREAMBUF) |
| This functions destroys a `ui_stream' object specified by |
| STREAMBUF. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *UIOUT, const |
| char *FIELDNAME, struct ui_stream *STREAMBUF) |
| This function consumes all the data accumulated in |
| `streambuf->stream' and outputs it like `ui_out_field_string' |
| does. After a call to `ui_out_field_stream', the accumulated data |
| no longer exists, but the stream is still valid and may be used |
| for producing more fields. |
| |
| *Important:* If there is any chance that your code could bail out |
| before completing output generation and reaching the point where |
| `ui_out_stream_delete' is called, it is necessary to set up a cleanup, |
| to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a skeleton code to |
| do that: |
| |
| struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout); |
| struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf); |
| ... |
| do_cleanups (old); |
| |
| If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other |
| kinds of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it: |
| |
| mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout); |
| make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf); |
| |
| Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call |
| `ui_out_stream_delete' directly, or you would attempt to free the same |
| buffer twice. |
| |
| 4.2.5 Utility Output Functions |
| ------------------------------ |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *UIOUT, const char |
| *FLDNAME) |
| This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to |
| leave an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The |
| argument FLDNAME specifies a name for the (missing) filed. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *UIOUT, const char |
| *STRING) |
| This function outputs the text in STRING in a way that makes it |
| easy to be read by humans. For example, the console |
| implementation of this method filters the text through a built-in |
| pager, to prevent it from scrolling off the visible portion of the |
| screen. |
| |
| Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text |
| around the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned |
| according to the table's format. Use `ui_out_field_string' to |
| output a string field, and use `ui_out_message', described below, |
| to output short messages. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *UIOUT, int NSPACES) |
| This function outputs NSPACES spaces. It is handy to align the |
| text produced by `ui_out_text' with the rest of the table or list. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *UIOUT, int VERBOSITY, |
| const char *FORMAT, ...) |
| This function produces a formatted message, provided that the |
| current verbosity level is at least as large as given by |
| VERBOSITY. The current verbosity level is specified by the user |
| with the `set verbositylevel' command.(2) |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *UIOUT, char *INDENT) |
| This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a |
| hint of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all |
| other output consumers. INDENT, if non-`NULL', is the string to |
| be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must |
| remain accessible until the next call to `ui_out_wrap_hint', or |
| until an explicit newline is produced by one of the other |
| functions. If INDENT is `NULL', the wrapped text will not be |
| indented. |
| |
| -- Function: void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *UIOUT) |
| This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, |
| if the UI buffers output. |
| |
| 4.2.6 Examples of Use of `ui_out' functions |
| ------------------------------------------- |
| |
| This section gives some practical examples of using the `ui_out' |
| functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in GDB. The |
| examples all come from functions defined on the `breakpoints.c' file. |
| |
| This example, from the `breakpoint_1' function, shows how to produce |
| a table. |
| |
| The original code was: |
| |
| if (!found_a_breakpoint++) |
| { |
| annotate_breakpoints_headers (); |
| |
| annotate_field (0); |
| printf_filtered ("Num "); |
| annotate_field (1); |
| printf_filtered ("Type "); |
| annotate_field (2); |
| printf_filtered ("Disp "); |
| annotate_field (3); |
| printf_filtered ("Enb "); |
| if (addressprint) |
| { |
| annotate_field (4); |
| printf_filtered ("Address "); |
| } |
| annotate_field (5); |
| printf_filtered ("What\n"); |
| |
| annotate_breakpoints_table (); |
| } |
| |
| Here's the new version: |
| |
| nr_printable_breakpoints = ...; |
| |
| if (addressprint) |
| ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable"); |
| else |
| ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable"); |
| |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_breakpoints_headers (); |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_field (0); |
| ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */ |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_field (1); |
| ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */ |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_field (2); |
| ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */ |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_field (3); |
| ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */ |
| if (addressprint) |
| { |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_field (4); |
| if (print_address_bits <= 32) |
| ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */ |
| else |
| ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */ |
| } |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_field (5); |
| ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */ |
| ui_out_table_body (uiout); |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_breakpoints_table (); |
| |
| This example, from the `print_one_breakpoint' function, shows how to |
| produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined in |
| the above example. The original code was: |
| |
| annotate_record (); |
| annotate_field (0); |
| printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number); |
| annotate_field (1); |
| if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0])) |
| || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type)) |
| internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.", |
| (int)b->type); |
| printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description); |
| annotate_field (2); |
| printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]); |
| annotate_field (3); |
| printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]); |
| ... |
| |
| This is the new version: |
| |
| annotate_record (); |
| ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt"); |
| annotate_field (0); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); |
| annotate_field (1); |
| if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0]))) |
| || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type)) |
| internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.", |
| (int) b->type); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description); |
| annotate_field (2); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]); |
| annotate_field (3); |
| ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]); |
| ... |
| |
| This example, also from `print_one_breakpoint', shows how to produce |
| a complicated output field using the `print_expression' functions which |
| requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to automate stream |
| destruction with cleanups. The original code was: |
| |
| annotate_field (5); |
| print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout); |
| |
| The new version is: |
| |
| struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout); |
| struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb); |
| ... |
| annotate_field (5); |
| print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream); |
| ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream); |
| |
| This example, also from `print_one_breakpoint', shows how to use |
| `ui_out_text' and `ui_out_field_string'. The original code was: |
| |
| annotate_field (5); |
| if (b->dll_pathname == NULL) |
| printf_filtered ("<any library> "); |
| else |
| printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname); |
| |
| It became: |
| |
| annotate_field (5); |
| if (b->dll_pathname == NULL) |
| { |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>"); |
| ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "library \""); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\" "); |
| } |
| |
| The following example from `print_one_breakpoint' shows how to use |
| `ui_out_field_int' and `ui_out_spaces'. The original code was: |
| |
| annotate_field (5); |
| if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0) |
| printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid); |
| |
| It became: |
| |
| annotate_field (5); |
| if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0) |
| { |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "process "); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid); |
| ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1); |
| } |
| |
| Here's an example of using `ui_out_field_string'. The original code |
| was: |
| |
| annotate_field (5); |
| if (b->exec_pathname != NULL) |
| printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname); |
| |
| It became: |
| |
| annotate_field (5); |
| if (b->exec_pathname != NULL) |
| { |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "program \""); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\" "); |
| } |
| |
| Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original |
| code: |
| |
| annotate_field (4); |
| printf_filtered ("%s ", |
| hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8)); |
| |
| It became: |
| |
| annotate_field (4); |
| ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address); |
| |
| 4.3 Console Printing |
| ==================== |
| |
| 4.4 TUI |
| ======= |
| |
| ---------- Footnotes ---------- |
| |
| (1) The function cast is not portable ISO C. |
| |
| (2) As of this writing (April 2001), setting verbosity level is not |
| yet implemented, and is always returned as zero. So calling |
| `ui_out_message' with a VERBOSITY argument more than zero will cause |
| the message to never be printed. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: libgdb, Next: Values, Prev: User Interface, Up: Top |
| |
| 5 libgdb |
| ******** |
| |
| 5.1 libgdb 1.0 |
| ============== |
| |
| `libgdb' 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was to |
| provide an API to GDB's functionality. |
| |
| 5.2 libgdb 2.0 |
| ============== |
| |
| `libgdb' 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update GDB so that is better able |
| to support graphical and other environments. |
| |
| Since `libgdb' development is on-going, its architecture is still |
| evolving. The following components have so far been identified: |
| |
| * Observer - `gdb-events.h'. |
| |
| * Builder - `ui-out.h' |
| |
| * Event Loop - `event-loop.h' |
| |
| * Library - `gdb.h' |
| |
| The model that ties these components together is described below. |
| |
| 5.3 The `libgdb' Model |
| ====================== |
| |
| A client of `libgdb' interacts with the library in two ways. |
| |
| * As an observer (using `gdb-events') receiving notifications from |
| `libgdb' of any internal state changes (break point changes, run |
| state, etc). |
| |
| * As a client querying `libgdb' (using the `ui-out' builder) to |
| obtain various status values from GDB. |
| |
| Since `libgdb' could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting |
| the existing GDB CLI), those clients must co-operate when controlling |
| `libgdb'. In particular, a client must ensure that `libgdb' is idle |
| (i.e. no other client is using `libgdb') before responding to a |
| `gdb-event' by making a query. |
| |
| 5.4 CLI support |
| =============== |
| |
| At present GDB's CLI is very much entangled in with the core of |
| `libgdb'. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in their |
| interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's |
| requirements. |
| |
| It is suggested that the client set `libgdb' up to be bi-modal |
| (alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch |
| out the theory: |
| |
| * The client registers itself as an observer of `libgdb'. |
| |
| * The client create and install `cli-out' builder using its own |
| versions of the `ui-file' `gdb_stderr', `gdb_stdtarg' and |
| `gdb_stdout' streams. |
| |
| * The client creates a separate custom `ui-out' builder that is only |
| used while making direct queries to `libgdb'. |
| |
| When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply |
| passes it along. Since the `cli-out' builder is installed by default, |
| all the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced |
| rooted) through to the client controlled `gdb_stdout' et. al. streams. |
| At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by |
| virtue of being a `libgdb' observer. |
| |
| The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until |
| `libgdb' becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the client's |
| custom builder). |
| |
| 5.5 `libgdb' components |
| ======================= |
| |
| Observer - `gdb-events.h' |
| ------------------------- |
| |
| `gdb-events' provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can be |
| used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one |
| observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay |
| the processing of any event notifications until after `libgdb' has |
| finished the current command. |
| |
| Builder - `ui-out.h' |
| -------------------- |
| |
| `ui-out' provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to create a |
| builder. That builder is then passed down to `libgdb' when doing any |
| queries. |
| |
| Event Loop - `event-loop.h' |
| --------------------------- |
| |
| `event-loop', currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event loop. |
| A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or, |
| implement a new event-loop that GDB would use. |
| |
| The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that |
| GDB can better handle the problem of some commands blocking instead of |
| returning. |
| |
| Library - `gdb.h' |
| ----------------- |
| |
| `libgdb' is the most obvious component of this system. It provides the |
| query interface. Each function is parameterized by a `ui-out' builder. |
| The result of the query is constructed using that builder before the |
| query function returns. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Values, Next: Stack Frames, Prev: libgdb, Up: Top |
| |
| 6 Values |
| ******** |
| |
| 6.1 Values |
| ========== |
| |
| GDB uses `struct value', or "values", as an internal abstraction for |
| the representation of a variety of inferior objects and GDB convenience |
| objects. |
| |
| Values have an associated `struct type', that describes a virtual |
| view of the raw data or object stored in or accessed through the value. |
| |
| A value is in addition discriminated by its lvalue-ness, given its |
| `enum lval_type' enumeration type: |
| |
| ``not_lval'' |
| This value is not an lval. It can't be assigned to. |
| |
| ``lval_memory'' |
| This value represents an object in memory. |
| |
| ``lval_register'' |
| This value represents an object that lives in a register. |
| |
| ``lval_internalvar'' |
| Represents the value of an internal variable. |
| |
| ``lval_internalvar_component'' |
| Represents part of a GDB internal variable. E.g., a structure |
| field. |
| |
| ``lval_computed'' |
| These are "computed" values. They allow creating specialized value |
| objects for specific purposes, all abstracted away from the core |
| value support code. The creator of such a value writes specialized |
| functions to handle the reading and writing to/from the value's |
| backend data, and optionally, a "copy operator" and a "destructor". |
| |
| Pointers to these functions are stored in a `struct lval_funcs' |
| instance (declared in `value.h'), and passed to the |
| `allocate_computed_value' function, as in the example below. |
| |
| static void |
| nil_value_read (struct value *v) |
| { |
| /* This callback reads data from some backend, and stores it in V. |
| In this case, we always read null data. You'll want to fill in |
| something more interesting. */ |
| |
| memset (value_contents_all_raw (v), |
| value_offset (v), |
| TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v))); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| nil_value_write (struct value *v, struct value *fromval) |
| { |
| /* Takes the data from FROMVAL and stores it in the backend of V. */ |
| |
| to_oblivion (value_contents_all_raw (fromval), |
| value_offset (v), |
| TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval))); |
| } |
| |
| static struct lval_funcs nil_value_funcs = |
| { |
| nil_value_read, |
| nil_value_write |
| }; |
| |
| struct value * |
| make_nil_value (void) |
| { |
| struct type *type; |
| struct value *v; |
| |
| type = make_nils_type (); |
| v = allocate_computed_value (type, &nil_value_funcs, NULL); |
| |
| return v; |
| } |
| |
| See the implementation of the `$_siginfo' convenience variable in |
| `infrun.c' as a real example use of lval_computed. |
| |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Stack Frames, Next: Symbol Handling, Prev: Values, Up: Top |
| |
| 7 Stack Frames |
| ************** |
| |
| A frame is a construct that GDB uses to keep track of calling and |
| called functions. |
| |
| GDB's frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the need to |
| support DWARF's Call Frame Information in mind. In fact, the term |
| "unwind" is taken directly from that specification. Developers wishing |
| to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to read the DWARF |
| specification, available from `http://www.dwarfstd.org'. |
| |
| GDB's model is that you find a frame's registers by "unwinding" them |
| from the next younger frame. That is, `get_frame_register' which |
| returns the value of a register in frame #1 (the next-to-youngest |
| frame), is implemented by calling frame #0's `frame_register_unwind' |
| (the youngest frame). But then the obvious question is: how do you |
| access the registers of the youngest frame itself? |
| |
| To answer this question, GDB has the "sentinel" frame, the "-1st" |
| frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you the |
| current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If F is a |
| sentinel frame, then `get_frame_type (F) == SENTINEL_FRAME'. |
| |
| 7.1 Selecting an Unwinder |
| ========================= |
| |
| The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (`struct |
| frame_unwind'), using the functions `frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder' and |
| `frame_unwind_append_unwinder'. Each unwinder includes a sniffer. |
| Whenever GDB needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the previous frame's |
| registers or the current frame's ID), it calls registered sniffers in |
| order to find one which recognizes the frame. The first time a sniffer |
| returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder is assigned to the frame. |
| |
| 7.2 Unwinding the Frame ID |
| ========================== |
| |
| Every frame has an associated ID, of type `struct frame_id'. The ID |
| includes the stack base and function start address for the frame. The |
| ID persists through the entire life of the frame, including while other |
| called frames are running; it is used to locate an appropriate `struct |
| frame_info' from the cache. |
| |
| Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame |
| cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of GDB which need to keep |
| track of individual frames cannot use pointers to `struct frame_info'. |
| A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even when the |
| unwinder must be run again to generate a new `struct frame_info' for |
| the same frame. |
| |
| The frame's unwinder's `this_id' method is called to find the ID. |
| Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next |
| frame's `prev_register' is called to unwind this frame's registers. |
| |
| Both stack base and function address are required to identify the |
| frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for |
| two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack |
| address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of |
| the ID to further disambiguate frames--for instance, on IA-64 the |
| separate register stack address is included in the ID. |
| |
| An invalid frame ID (`outer_frame_id') returned from the `this_id' |
| method means to stop unwinding after this frame. |
| |
| `null_frame_id' is another invalid frame ID which should be used |
| when there is no frame. For instance, certain breakpoints are attached |
| to a specific frame, and that frame is identified through its frame ID |
| (we use this to implement the "finish" command). Using `null_frame_id' |
| as the frame ID for a given breakpoint means that the breakpoint is not |
| specific to any frame. The `this_id' method should never return |
| `null_frame_id'. |
| |
| 7.3 Unwinding Registers |
| ======================= |
| |
| Each unwinder includes a `prev_register' method. This method takes a |
| frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number. It returns |
| a `struct value *' describing the requested register, as saved by this |
| frame. This is the value of the register that is current in this |
| frame's caller. |
| |
| The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may |
| have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines will |
| generate the appropriate value: |
| |
| `frame_unwind_got_optimized' |
| This register was not saved. |
| |
| `frame_unwind_got_register' |
| This register was copied into another register in this frame. This |
| is also used for unchanged registers; they are "copied" into the |
| same register. |
| |
| `frame_unwind_got_memory' |
| This register was saved in memory. |
| |
| `frame_unwind_got_constant' |
| This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the |
| previous value some other way. |
| |
| `frame_unwind_got_address' |
| Same as `frame_unwind_got_constant', except that the value is a |
| target address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, |
| which is not explicitly saved but has a known offset from this |
| frame's stack pointer. For architectures with a flat unified |
| address space, this is generally the same as |
| `frame_unwind_got_constant'. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Symbol Handling, Next: Language Support, Prev: Stack Frames, Up: Top |
| |
| 8 Symbol Handling |
| ***************** |
| |
| Symbols are a key part of GDB's operation. Symbols include variables, |
| functions, and types. |
| |
| Symbol information for a large program can be truly massive, and |
| reading of symbol information is one of the major performance |
| bottlenecks in GDB; it can take many minutes to process it all. |
| Studies have shown that nearly all the time spent is computational, |
| rather than file reading. |
| |
| One of the ways for GDB to provide a good user experience is to |
| start up quickly, taking no more than a few seconds. It is simply not |
| possible to process all of a program's debugging info in that time, and |
| so we attempt to handle symbols incrementally. For instance, we create |
| "partial symbol tables" consisting of only selected symbols, and only |
| expand them to full symbol tables when necessary. |
| |
| 8.1 Symbol Reading |
| ================== |
| |
| GDB reads symbols from "symbol files". The usual symbol file is the |
| file containing the program which GDB is debugging. GDB can be |
| directed to use a different file for symbols (with the `symbol-file' |
| command), and it can also read more symbols via the `add-file' and |
| `load' commands. In addition, it may bring in more symbols while |
| loading shared libraries. |
| |
| Symbol files are initially opened by code in `symfile.c' using the |
| BFD library (*note Support Libraries::). BFD identifies the type of |
| the file by examining its header. `find_sym_fns' then uses this |
| identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions. |
| |
| Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to GDB by calling |
| `add_symtab_fns' during their module initialization. The argument to |
| `add_symtab_fns' is a `struct sym_fns' which contains the name (or name |
| prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix, and pointers to |
| four functions. These functions are called at various times to process |
| symbol files whose identification matches the specified prefix. |
| |
| The functions supplied by each module are: |
| |
| `XYZ_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)' |
| Called from `symbol_file_add' when we are about to read a new |
| symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state |
| (possibly resulting from half-read previous files, for example) |
| and prepare to read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file |
| which we are reading might be a new "main" symbol file, or might |
| be a secondary symbol file whose symbols are being added to the |
| existing symbol table. |
| |
| The argument to `XYZ_symfile_init' is a newly allocated `struct |
| sym_fns' whose `bfd' field contains the BFD for the new symbol |
| file being read. Its `private' field has been zeroed, and can be |
| modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private information |
| will be `malloc''d, and a pointer to it will be placed in the |
| `private' field. |
| |
| There is no result from `XYZ_symfile_init', but it can call |
| `error' if it detects an unavoidable problem. |
| |
| `XYZ_new_init()' |
| Called from `symbol_file_add' when discarding existing symbols. |
| This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's |
| internal state; the symbol table data structures visible to the |
| rest of GDB will be discarded by `symbol_file_add'. It has no |
| arguments and no result. It may be called after |
| `XYZ_symfile_init', if a new symbol table is being read, or may be |
| called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded. |
| |
| `XYZ_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)' |
| Called from `symbol_file_add' to actually read the symbols from a |
| symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs. |
| |
| `sf' points to the `struct sym_fns' originally passed to |
| `XYZ_sym_init' for possible initialization. `addr' is the offset |
| between the file's specified start address and its true address in |
| memory. `mainline' is 1 if this is the main symbol table being |
| read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library or |
| dynamically loaded file) is being read. |
| |
| In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when |
| XYZ_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer to a |
| function `XYZ_psymtab_to_symtab', which can be called from any point in |
| the GDB symbol-handling code. |
| |
| `XYZ_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)' |
| Called from `psymtab_to_symtab' (or the `PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB' macro) |
| if the psymtab has not already been read in and had its |
| `pst->symtab' pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be |
| fleshed-out into a symtab. Upon return, `pst->readin' should have |
| been set to 1, and `pst->symtab' should contain a pointer to the |
| new corresponding symtab, or zero if there were no symbols in that |
| part of the symbol file. |
| |
| 8.2 Partial Symbol Tables |
| ========================= |
| |
| GDB has three types of symbol tables: |
| |
| * Full symbol tables ("symtabs"). These contain the main |
| information about symbols and addresses. |
| |
| * Partial symbol tables ("psymtabs"). These contain enough |
| information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full |
| symbol table. |
| |
| * Minimal symbol tables ("msymtabs"). These contain information |
| gleaned from non-debugging symbols. |
| |
| This section describes partial symbol tables. |
| |
| A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an |
| executable file's debugging information. Small amounts of information |
| are extracted--enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will |
| need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the |
| information. The speed of this pass causes GDB to start up very |
| quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small |
| pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to |
| the user. |
| |
| The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, |
| those visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running |
| code from that file. These include external symbols and types, static |
| symbols and types, and `enum' values declared at file scope. |
| |
| The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the |
| full symbol table would represent. |
| |
| The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the |
| code in the debugger) to reference a symbol: |
| |
| * By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is |
| inside a function in this file). The address will be noticed to |
| be in the range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read |
| in. `find_pc_function', `find_pc_line', and other `find_pc_...' |
| functions handle this. |
| |
| * By its name (e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a |
| breakpoint on a function). Global names and file-scope names will |
| be found in the psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled |
| in. Local names will have to be qualified by a global name, or a |
| file-scope name, in which case we will have already read in the |
| symtab as we evaluated the qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be |
| referenced when we are "in" a local scope, in which case the first |
| case applies. `lookup_symbol' does most of the work here. |
| |
| The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read |
| in at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab, |
| while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since |
| psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in |
| them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol, |
| either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by |
| name. |
| |
| It is a bug for GDB to behave one way when only a psymtab has been |
| read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read in. |
| Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain all |
| the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address ranges. |
| |
| The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) |
| could be thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab |
| should always be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never |
| be used (in a bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated |
| on an obstack, and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair |
| of large arrays on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by |
| trying to free them unless you want to do a lot more work. |
| |
| Whether or not psymtabs are created depends on the objfile's symbol |
| reader. The core of GDB hides the details of partial symbols and |
| partial symbol tables behind a set of function pointers known as the |
| "quick symbol functions". These are documented in `symfile.h'. |
| |
| 8.3 Types |
| ========= |
| |
| Fundamental Types (e.g., `FT_VOID', `FT_BOOLEAN'). |
| -------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| These are the fundamental types that GDB uses internally. Fundamental |
| types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped |
| into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types |
| that GDB knows about for all the languages that GDB knows about. |
| |
| Type Codes (e.g., `TYPE_CODE_PTR', `TYPE_CODE_ARRAY'). |
| ------------------------------------------------------ |
| |
| Each time GDB builds an internal type, it marks it with one of these |
| types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as `TYPE_CODE_INT', or |
| a derived type, such as `TYPE_CODE_PTR' which is a pointer to another |
| type. Typically, several `FT_*' types map to one `TYPE_CODE_*' type, |
| and are distinguished by other members of the type struct, such as |
| whether the type is signed or unsigned, and how many bits it uses. |
| |
| Builtin Types (e.g., `builtin_type_void', `builtin_type_char'). |
| --------------------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to |
| fundamental types and are created as global types for GDB to use for |
| various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to eliminate |
| these. Note for example that `builtin_type_int' initialized in |
| `gdbtypes.c' is basically the same as a `TYPE_CODE_INT' type that is |
| initialized in `c-lang.c' for an `FT_INTEGER' fundamental type. The |
| difference is that the `builtin_type' is not associated with any |
| particular objfile, and only one instance exists, while `c-lang.c' |
| builds as many `TYPE_CODE_INT' types as needed, with each one |
| associated with some particular objfile. |
| |
| 8.4 Object File Formats |
| ======================= |
| |
| 8.4.1 a.out |
| ----------- |
| |
| The `a.out' format is the original file format for Unix. It consists |
| of three sections: `text', `data', and `bss', which are for program |
| code, initialized data, and uninitialized data, respectively. |
| |
| The `a.out' format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved |
| place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used |
| `adb', which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging |
| format for `a.out' is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal |
| symbols with distinctive attributes. |
| |
| The basic `a.out' reader is in `dbxread.c'. |
| |
| 8.4.2 COFF |
| ---------- |
| |
| The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix. |
| COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The |
| number of sections is limited. |
| |
| The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this |
| was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. |
| For instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an |
| included file. GNU's COFF-using configs often use stabs-type info, |
| encapsulated in special sections. |
| |
| The COFF reader is in `coffread.c'. |
| |
| 8.4.3 ECOFF |
| ----------- |
| |
| ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha |
| workstations. |
| |
| The basic ECOFF reader is in `mipsread.c'. |
| |
| 8.4.4 XCOFF |
| ----------- |
| |
| The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF. |
| The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging |
| symbols are `dbx'-style stabs whose strings are located in the `.debug' |
| section (rather than the string table). For more information, see |
| *note Top: (stabs)Top. |
| |
| The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what |
| shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which |
| refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be |
| relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least |
| using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has |
| been run (or the core file has been read). |
| |
| 8.4.5 PE |
| -------- |
| |
| Windows 95 and NT use the PE ("Portable Executable") format for their |
| executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers. |
| |
| While BFD includes special PE support, GDB needs only the basic COFF |
| reader. |
| |
| 8.4.6 ELF |
| --------- |
| |
| The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is |
| similar to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it |
| removes many of COFF's limitations. Debugging info may be either stabs |
| encapsulated in ELF sections, or more commonly these days, DWARF. |
| |
| The basic ELF reader is in `elfread.c'. |
| |
| 8.4.7 SOM |
| --------- |
| |
| SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's |
| SOM, which is a cross-language ABI). |
| |
| The SOM reader is in `somread.c'. |
| |
| 8.5 Debugging File Formats |
| ========================== |
| |
| This section describes characteristics of debugging information that |
| are independent of the object file format. |
| |
| 8.5.1 stabs |
| ----------- |
| |
| `stabs' started out as special symbols within the `a.out' format. |
| Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file formats, such as |
| COFF and ELF. |
| |
| While `dbxread.c' does some of the basic stab processing, including |
| for encapsulated versions, `stabsread.c' does the real work. |
| |
| 8.5.2 COFF |
| ---------- |
| |
| The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level of |
| support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used. |
| |
| 8.5.3 Mips debug (Third Eye) |
| ---------------------------- |
| |
| ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format. |
| |
| The file `mdebugread.c' implements reading for this format. |
| |
| 8.5.4 DWARF 2 |
| ------------- |
| |
| DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1. |
| |
| The DWARF 2 reader is in `dwarf2read.c'. |
| |
| 8.5.5 Compressed DWARF 2 |
| ------------------------ |
| |
| Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but |
| merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this |
| format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging information |
| is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section is also |
| typically renamed, so a section called `.debug_info' in a DWARF 2 |
| binary would be called `.zdebug_info' in a compressed DWARF 2 binary.) |
| The header is 12 bytes long: |
| |
| * 4 bytes: the literal string "ZLIB" |
| |
| * 8 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte |
| order. |
| |
| The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info. |
| Section decompression is done in `zlib_decompress_section' in |
| `dwarf2read.c'. |
| |
| 8.5.6 DWARF 3 |
| ------------- |
| |
| DWARF 3 is an improved version of DWARF 2. |
| |
| 8.5.7 SOM |
| --------- |
| |
| Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information. |
| |
| 8.6 Adding a New Symbol Reader to GDB |
| ===================================== |
| |
| If you are using an existing object file format (`a.out', COFF, ELF, |
| etc), there is probably little to be done. |
| |
| If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to |
| BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document. |
| |
| You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the |
| debugging symbols. Generally GDB will have to call swapping routines |
| from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging |
| information. As much as possible, GDB should not depend on the BFD |
| internal data structures. |
| |
| For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector |
| used to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on |
| various platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized |
| routines that will only ever be implemented by one object file format |
| may be called directly. This interface should be described in a file |
| `bfd/libXYZ.h', which is included by GDB. |
| |
| 8.7 Memory Management for Symbol Files |
| ====================================== |
| |
| Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on its |
| `objfile_obstack'. This includes symbols, types, namespace data, and |
| other information produced by the symbol readers. |
| |
| Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically |
| released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one |
| objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile; |
| they could be unloaded at different times. |
| |
| User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. |
| Normally these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the |
| objfile is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so |
| that the values of the user variables and history items are not lost. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Language Support, Next: Host Definition, Prev: Symbol Handling, Up: Top |
| |
| 9 Language Support |
| ****************** |
| |
| GDB's language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader, although |
| it is possible for the user to set the source language manually. |
| |
| GDB chooses the source language by looking at the extension of the |
| file recorded in the debug info; `.c' means C, `.f' means Fortran, etc. |
| It may also use a special-purpose language identifier if the debug |
| format supports it, like with DWARF. |
| |
| 9.1 Adding a Source Language to GDB |
| =================================== |
| |
| To add other languages to GDB's expression parser, follow the following |
| steps: |
| |
| _Create the expression parser._ |
| This should reside in a file `LANG-exp.y'. Routines for building |
| parsed expressions into a `union exp_element' list are in |
| `parse.c'. |
| |
| Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces |
| parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines |
| *must* be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the |
| various parsers from defining the same global names: |
| |
| #define yyparse LANG_parse |
| #define yylex LANG_lex |
| #define yyerror LANG_error |
| #define yylval LANG_lval |
| #define yychar LANG_char |
| #define yydebug LANG_debug |
| #define yypact LANG_pact |
| #define yyr1 LANG_r1 |
| #define yyr2 LANG_r2 |
| #define yydef LANG_def |
| #define yychk LANG_chk |
| #define yypgo LANG_pgo |
| #define yyact LANG_act |
| #define yyexca LANG_exca |
| #define yyerrflag LANG_errflag |
| #define yynerrs LANG_nerrs |
| |
| At the bottom of your parser, define a `struct language_defn' and |
| initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an |
| `initialize_LANG' routine and have it call |
| `add_language(LANG_language_defn)' to tell the rest of GDB that |
| your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables |
| and functions, which will be used via pointers from your |
| `LANG_language_defn'. See the declaration of `struct |
| language_defn' in `language.h', and the other `*-exp.y' files, for |
| more information. |
| |
| _Add any evaluation routines, if necessary_ |
| If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the |
| language), add them to the enumerated type in `expression.h'. Add |
| support code for these operations in the `evaluate_subexp' function |
| defined in the file `eval.c'. Add cases for new opcodes in two |
| functions from `parse.c': `prefixify_subexp' and |
| `length_of_subexp'. These compute the number of `exp_element's |
| that a given operation takes up. |
| |
| _Update some existing code_ |
| Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated |
| type `enum language' in `defs.h'. |
| |
| Update the routines in `language.c' so your language is included. |
| These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some |
| cases) are language dependent. If your language does not appear |
| in the switch statement, an error is reported. |
| |
| Also included in `language.c' is the code that updates the variable |
| `current_language', and the routines that translate the |
| `language_LANG' enumerated identifier into a printable string. |
| |
| Update the function `_initialize_language' to include your |
| language. This function picks the default language upon startup, |
| so is dependent upon which languages that GDB is built for. |
| |
| Update `allocate_symtab' in `symfile.c' and/or symbol-reading code |
| so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly. |
| This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame |
| level. Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of |
| the source file. If the language can be better inferred from the |
| symbol information, please set the language of the symtab in the |
| symbol-reading code. |
| |
| Add helper code to `print_subexp' (in `expprint.c') to handle any |
| new expression opcodes you have added to `expression.h'. Also, |
| add the printed representations of your operators to |
| `op_print_tab'. |
| |
| _Add a place of call_ |
| Add a call to `LANG_parse()' and `LANG_error' in `parse_exp_1' |
| (defined in `parse.c'). |
| |
| _Edit `Makefile.in'_ |
| Add dependencies in `Makefile.in'. Make sure you update the macro |
| variables such as `HFILES' and `OBJS', otherwise your code may not |
| get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get `tar'red into the |
| distribution! |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Host Definition, Next: Target Architecture Definition, Prev: Language Support, Up: Top |
| |
| 10 Host Definition |
| ****************** |
| |
| With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host |
| definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided, |
| mainly, as an historical reference. |
| |
| 10.1 Adding a New Host |
| ====================== |
| |
| GDB's host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf. New |
| host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts GDB still |
| use the host-specific definitions and files listed below, but these |
| mostly exist for historical reasons, and will eventually disappear. |
| |
| `gdb/config/ARCH/XYZ.mh' |
| This file is a Makefile fragment that once contained both host and |
| native configuration information (*note Native Debugging::) for the |
| machine XYZ. The host configuration information is now handled by |
| Autoconf. |
| |
| Host configuration information included definitions for `CC', |
| `SYSV_DEFINE', `XM_CFLAGS', `XM_ADD_FILES', `XM_CLIBS', |
| `XM_CDEPS', etc.; see `Makefile.in'. |
| |
| New host-only configurations do not need this file. |
| |
| |
| (Files named `gdb/config/ARCH/xm-XYZ.h' were once used to define |
| host-specific macros, but were no longer needed and have all been |
| removed.) |
| |
| Generic Host Support Files |
| -------------------------- |
| |
| There are some "generic" versions of routines that can be used by |
| various systems. |
| |
| `ser-unix.c' |
| This contains serial line support for Unix systems. It is |
| included by default on all Unix-like hosts. |
| |
| `ser-pipe.c' |
| This contains serial pipe support for Unix systems. It is |
| included by default on all Unix-like hosts. |
| |
| `ser-mingw.c' |
| This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under |
| Windows using MinGW. |
| |
| `ser-go32.c' |
| This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running |
| under DOS, using the DJGPP (a.k.a. GO32) execution environment. |
| |
| `ser-tcp.c' |
| This contains generic TCP support using sockets. It is included by |
| default on all Unix-like hosts and with MinGW. |
| |
| 10.2 Host Conditionals |
| ====================== |
| |
| When GDB is configured and compiled, various macros are defined or left |
| undefined, to control compilation based on the attributes of the host |
| system. While formerly they could be set in host-specific header |
| files, at present they can be changed only by setting `CFLAGS' when |
| building, or by editing the source code. |
| |
| These macros and their meanings (or if the meaning is not documented |
| here, then one of the source files where they are used is indicated) |
| are: |
| |
| `GDBINIT_FILENAME' |
| The default name of GDB's initialization file (normally |
| `.gdbinit'). |
| |
| `SIGWINCH_HANDLER' |
| If your host defines `SIGWINCH', you can define this to be the name |
| of a function to be called if `SIGWINCH' is received. |
| |
| `SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY' |
| Define this to expand into code that will define the function |
| named by the expansion of `SIGWINCH_HANDLER'. |
| |
| `CRLF_SOURCE_FILES' |
| Define this if host files use `\r\n' rather than `\n' as a line |
| terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit `\r' |
| characters when printing and it will allow `\r\n' line endings of |
| files which are "sourced" by gdb. It must be possible to open |
| files in binary mode using `O_BINARY' or, for fopen, `"rb"'. |
| |
| `DEFAULT_PROMPT' |
| The default value of the prompt string (normally `"(gdb) "'). |
| |
| `DEV_TTY' |
| The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to `"/dev/tty"'. |
| |
| `ISATTY' |
| Substitute for isatty, if not available. |
| |
| `FOPEN_RB' |
| Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files. |
| |
| `CC_HAS_LONG_LONG' |
| Define this if the host C compiler supports `long long'. This is |
| set by the `configure' script. |
| |
| `PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG' |
| Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers |
| via the printf format conversion specifier `ll'. This is set by |
| the `configure' script. |
| |
| `LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR' |
| Define this if `lseek (n)' does not necessarily move to byte number |
| `n' in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It |
| is normally faster to define `CRLF_SOURCE_FILES' when possible. |
| |
| `lint' |
| Define this to help placate `lint' in some situations. |
| |
| `volatile' |
| Define this to override the defaults of `__volatile__' or `/**/'. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Target Architecture Definition, Next: Target Descriptions, Prev: Host Definition, Up: Top |
| |
| 11 Target Architecture Definition |
| ********************************* |
| |
| GDB's target architecture defines what sort of machine-language |
| programs GDB can work with, and how it works with them. |
| |
| The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure |
| `struct gdbarch *'. The structure, and its methods, are generated |
| using the Bourne shell script `gdbarch.sh'. |
| |
| * Menu: |
| |
| * OS ABI Variant Handling:: |
| * Initialize New Architecture:: |
| * Registers and Memory:: |
| * Pointers and Addresses:: |
| * Address Classes:: |
| * Register Representation:: |
| * Frame Interpretation:: |
| * Inferior Call Setup:: |
| * Adding support for debugging core files:: |
| * Defining Other Architecture Features:: |
| * Adding a New Target:: |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: OS ABI Variant Handling, Next: Initialize New Architecture, Up: Target Architecture Definition |
| |
| 11.1 Operating System ABI Variant Handling |
| ========================================== |
| |
| GDB provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS ABIs. An OS ABI |
| variant may have influence over any number of variables in the target |
| architecture definition. There are two major components in the OS ABI |
| mechanism: sniffers and handlers. |
| |
| A "sniffer" examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair |
| (the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the OS |
| ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are |
| considered to be "generic", while sniffers for a specific architecture |
| are considered to be "specific". A match from a specific sniffer |
| overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an |
| architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two |
| different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The |
| OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which |
| examines the `EI_OSABI' field of the ELF header, as well as note |
| sections known to be used by several operating systems. |
| |
| A "handler" is used to fine-tune the `gdbarch' structure for the |
| selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI for |
| each BFD architecture. |
| |
| The following OS ABI variants are defined in `defs.h': |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED' |
| Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN' |
| The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default `gdbarch' |
| settings for the architecture will be used. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_SVR4' |
| UNIX System V Release 4. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_HURD' |
| GNU using the Hurd kernel. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS' |
| Sun Solaris. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_OSF1' |
| OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_LINUX' |
| GNU using the Linux kernel. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT' |
| FreeBSD using the `a.out' executable format. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF' |
| FreeBSD using the ELF executable format. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT' |
| NetBSD using the `a.out' executable format. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF' |
| NetBSD using the ELF executable format. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF' |
| OpenBSD using the ELF executable format. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_WINCE' |
| Windows CE. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_GO32' |
| DJGPP. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_IRIX' |
| Irix. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_INTERIX' |
| Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems). |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF' |
| HP/UX using the ELF executable format. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM' |
| HP/UX using the SOM executable format. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO' |
| QNX Neutrino. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN' |
| Cygwin. |
| |
| `GDB_OSABI_AIX' |
| AIX. |
| |
| |
| Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework: |
| |
| -- Function: const char * gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi OSABI) |
| Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to OSABI. |
| |
| -- Function: void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture ARCH, |
| unsigned long MACHINE, enum gdb_osabi OSABI, void |
| (*INIT_OSABI)(struct gdbarch_info INFO, struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH)) |
| Register the OS ABI handler specified by INIT_OSABI for the |
| architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by ARCH, MACHINE |
| and OSABI. In most cases, a value of zero for the machine type, |
| which implies the architecture's default machine type, will |
| suffice. |
| |
| -- Function: void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum |
| bfd_architecture ARCH, enum bfd_flavour FLAVOUR, enum |
| gdb_osabi (*SNIFFER)(bfd *ABFD)) |
| Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by SNIFFER for the BFD |
| architecture/flavour pair specified by ARCH and FLAVOUR. If ARCH |
| is `bfd_arch_unknown', the sniffer is considered to be generic, |
| and is allowed to examine FLAVOUR-flavoured files for any |
| architecture. |
| |
| -- Function: enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *ABFD) |
| Examine the file described by ABFD to determine its OS ABI. The |
| value `GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN' is returned if the OS ABI cannot be |
| determined. |
| |
| -- Function: void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info INFO, struct |
| gdbarch *GDBARCH, enum gdb_osabi OSABI) |
| Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to OSABI to fine-tune the |
| `gdbarch' structure specified by GDBARCH. If a handler |
| corresponding to OSABI has not been registered for GDBARCH's |
| architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session |
| will continue with the defaults already established for GDBARCH. |
| |
| -- Function: void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *ABFD, |
| asection *SECT, void *OBJ) |
| Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described |
| by ABFD and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI |
| from the note. This function should be called via |
| `bfd_map_over_sections'. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Initialize New Architecture, Next: Registers and Memory, Prev: OS ABI Variant Handling, Up: Target Architecture Definition |
| |
| 11.2 Initializing a New Architecture |
| ==================================== |
| |
| * Menu: |
| |
| * How an Architecture is Represented:: |
| * Looking Up an Existing Architecture:: |
| * Creating a New Architecture:: |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: How an Architecture is Represented, Next: Looking Up an Existing Architecture, Up: Initialize New Architecture |
| |
| 11.2.1 How an Architecture is Represented |
| ----------------------------------------- |
| |
| Each `gdbarch' is associated with a single BFD architecture, via a |
| `bfd_arch_ARCH' in the `bfd_architecture' enumeration. The `gdbarch' |
| is registered by a call to `register_gdbarch_init', usually from the |
| file's `_initialize_FILENAME' routine, which will be automatically |
| called during GDB startup. The arguments are a BFD architecture |
| constant and an initialization function. |
| |
| A GDB description for a new architecture, ARCH is created by |
| defining a global function `_initialize_ARCH_tdep', by convention in |
| the source file `ARCH-tdep.c'. For example, in the case of the |
| OpenRISC 1000, this function is called `_initialize_or1k_tdep' and is |
| found in the file `or1k-tdep.c'. |
| |
| The resulting object files containing the implementation of the |
| `_initialize_ARCH_tdep' function are specified in the GDB |
| `configure.tgt' file, which includes a large case statement pattern |
| matching against the `--target' option of the `configure' script. The |
| new `struct gdbarch' is created within the `_initialize_ARCH_tdep' |
| function by calling `gdbarch_register': |
| |
| void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture ARCHITECTURE, |
| gdbarch_init_ftype *INIT_FUNC, |
| gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *TDEP_DUMP_FUNC); |
| |
| The ARCHITECTURE will identify the unique BFD to be associated with |
| this `gdbarch'. The INIT_FUNC funciton is called to create and return |
| the new `struct gdbarch'. The TDEP_DUMP_FUNC function will dump the |
| target specific details associated with this architecture. |
| |
| For example the function `_initialize_or1k_tdep' creates its |
| architecture for 32-bit OpenRISC 1000 architectures by calling: |
| |
| gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_or32, or1k_gdbarch_init, or1k_dump_tdep); |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Looking Up an Existing Architecture, Next: Creating a New Architecture, Prev: How an Architecture is Represented, Up: Initialize New Architecture |
| |
| 11.2.2 Looking Up an Existing Architecture |
| ------------------------------------------ |
| |
| The initialization function has this prototype: |
| |
| static struct gdbarch * |
| ARCH_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info INFO, |
| struct gdbarch_list *ARCHES) |
| |
| The INFO argument contains parameters used to select the correct |
| architecture, and ARCHES is a list of architectures which have already |
| been created with the same `bfd_arch_ARCH' value. |
| |
| The initialization function should first make sure that INFO is |
| acceptable, and return `NULL' if it is not. Then, it should search |
| through ARCHES for an exact match to INFO, and return one if found. |
| Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should create a new |
| architecture based on INFO and return it. |
| |
| The lookup is done using `gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info'. It is |
| passed the list of existing architectures, ARCHES, and the `struct |
| gdbarch_info', INFO, and returns the first matching architecture it |
| finds, or `NULL' if none are found. If an architecture is found it can |
| be returned as the result from the initialization function, otherwise a |
| new `struct gdbach' will need to be created. |
| |
| The struct gdbarch_info has the following components: |
| |
| struct gdbarch_info |
| { |
| const struct bfd_arch_info *bfd_arch_info; |
| int byte_order; |
| bfd *abfd; |
| struct gdbarch_tdep_info *tdep_info; |
| enum gdb_osabi osabi; |
| const struct target_desc *target_desc; |
| }; |
| |
| The `bfd_arch_info' member holds the key details about the |
| architecture. The `byte_order' member is a value in an enumeration |
| indicating the endianism. The `abfd' member is a pointer to the full |
| BFD, the `tdep_info' member is additional custom target specific |
| information, `osabi' identifies which (if any) of a number of operating |
| specific ABIs are used by this architecture and the `target_desc' |
| member is a set of name-value pairs with information about register |
| usage in this target. |
| |
| When the `struct gdbarch' initialization function is called, not all |
| the fields are provided--only those which can be deduced from the BFD. |
| The `struct gdbarch_info', INFO is used as a look-up key with the list |
| of existing architectures, ARCHES to see if a suitable architecture |
| already exists. The TDEP_INFO, OSABI and TARGET_DESC fields may be |
| added before this lookup to refine the search. |
| |
| Only information in INFO should be used to choose the new |
| architecture. Historically, INFO could be sparse, and defaults would |
| be collected from the first element on ARCHES. However, GDB now fills |
| in INFO more thoroughly, so new `gdbarch' initialization functions |
| should not take defaults from ARCHES. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Creating a New Architecture, Prev: Looking Up an Existing Architecture, Up: Initialize New Architecture |
| |
| 11.2.3 Creating a New Architecture |
| ---------------------------------- |
| |
| If no architecture is found, then a new architecture must be created, |
| by calling `gdbarch_alloc' using the supplied `struct gdbarch_info' and |
| any additional custom target specific information in a `struct |
| gdbarch_tdep'. The prototype for `gdbarch_alloc' is: |
| |
| struct gdbarch *gdbarch_alloc (const struct gdbarch_info *INFO, |
| struct gdbarch_tdep *TDEP); |
| |
| The newly created struct gdbarch must then be populated. Although |
| there are default values, in most cases they are not what is required. |
| |
| For each element, X, there is are a pair of corresponding accessor |
| functions, one to set the value of that element, `set_gdbarch_X', the |
| second to either get the value of an element (if it is a variable) or |
| to apply the element (if it is a function), `gdbarch_X'. Note that |
| both accessor functions take a pointer to the `struct gdbarch' as first |
| argument. Populating the new `gdbarch' should use the `set_gdbarch' |
| functions. |
| |
| The following sections identify the main elements that should be set |
| in this way. This is not the complete list, but represents the |
| functions and elements that must commonly be specified for a new |
| architecture. Many of the functions and variables are described in the |
| header file `gdbarch.h'. |
| |
| This is the main work in defining a new architecture. Implementing |
| the set of functions to populate the `struct gdbarch'. |
| |
| `struct gdbarch_tdep' is not defined within GDB--it is up to the |
| user to define this struct if it is needed to hold custom target |
| information that is not covered by the standard `struct gdbarch'. For |
| example with the OpenRISC 1000 architecture it is used to hold the |
| number of matchpoints available in the target (along with other |
| information). |
| |
| If there is no additional target specific information, it can be set |
| to `NULL'. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Registers and Memory, Next: Pointers and Addresses, Prev: Initialize New Architecture, Up: Target Architecture Definition |
| |
| 11.3 Registers and Memory |
| ========================= |
| |
| GDB's model of the target machine is rather simple. GDB assumes the |
| machine includes a bank of registers and a block of memory. Each |
| register may have a different size. |
| |
| GDB does not have a magical way to match up with the compiler's idea |
| of which registers are which; however, it is critical that they do |
| match up accurately. The only way to make this work is to get accurate |
| information about the order that the compiler uses, and to reflect that |
| in the `gdbarch_register_name' and related functions. |
| |
| GDB can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian |
| architectures. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Pointers and Addresses, Next: Address Classes, Prev: Registers and Memory, Up: Target Architecture Definition |
| |
| 11.4 Pointers Are Not Always Addresses |
| ====================================== |
| |
| On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is |
| indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number |
| whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such |
| machines, the words "pointer" and "address" can be used interchangeably. |
| However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for |
| address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks |
| this identity, and allows a larger code address space. |
| |
| For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose |
| instructions are 32 bits long(1). If the D10V used ordinary byte |
| addresses to refer to code locations, then the processor would only be |
| able to address 64kb of instructions. However, since instructions must |
| be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the low two bits of any valid |
| instruction's byte address are always zero--byte addresses waste two |
| bits. So instead of byte addresses, the D10V uses word addresses--byte |
| addresses shifted right two bits--to refer to code. Thus, the D10V can |
| use 16-bit words to address 256kb of code space. |
| |
| However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have |
| different forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word `0xC020' refers to byte |
| address `0xC020' when used as a data address, but refers to byte address |
| `0x30080' when used as a code address. |
| |
| (The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also |
| affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're |
| going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.) |
| |
| To cope with architectures like this--the D10V is not the only |
| one!--GDB tries to distinguish between "addresses", which are byte |
| numbers, and "pointers", which are the target's representation of an |
| address of a particular type of data. In the example above, `0xC020' |
| is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses `0xC020' or |
| `0x30080', depending on the type imposed upon it. GDB provides |
| functions for turning a pointer into an address and vice versa, in the |
| appropriate way for the current architecture. |
| |
| Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost |
| all processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus, |
| each time you port GDB to an architecture which does distinguish |
| between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to clean up some |
| architecture-independent code. |
| |
| Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses: |
| |
| -- Function: CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *BUF, struct type |
| *TYPE) |
| Treat the bytes at BUF as a pointer or reference of type TYPE, and |
| return the address it represents, in a manner appropriate for the |
| current architecture. This yields an address GDB can use to read |
| target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that BUF refers to a buffer |
| in GDB's memory, not the inferior's. |
| |
| For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this |
| function extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate |
| length from BUF and returns it. However, if the current |
| architecture is the D10V, this function will return a 16-bit |
| integer extracted from BUF, multiplied by four if TYPE is a |
| pointer to a function. |
| |
| If TYPE is not a pointer or reference type, then this function |
| will signal an internal error. |
| |
| -- Function: CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *BUF, struct type |
| *TYPE, CORE_ADDR ADDR) |
| Store the address ADDR in BUF, in the proper format for a pointer |
| of type TYPE in the current architecture. Note that BUF refers to |
| a buffer in GDB's memory, not the inferior's. |
| |
| For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this |
| function stores ADDR unmodified as a little-endian integer of the |
| appropriate length in BUF. However, if the current architecture |
| is the D10V, this function divides ADDR by four if TYPE is a |
| pointer to a function, and then stores it in BUF. |
| |
| If TYPE is not a pointer or reference type, then this function |
| will signal an internal error. |
| |
| -- Function: CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *VAL) |
| Assuming that VAL is a pointer, return the address it represents, |
| as appropriate for the current architecture. |
| |
| This function actually works on integral values, as well as |
| pointers. For pointers, it performs architecture-specific |
| conversions as described above for `extract_typed_address'. |
| |
| -- Function: CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *TYPE, |
| CORE_ADDR ADDR) |
| Create and return a value representing a pointer of type TYPE to |
| the address ADDR, as appropriate for the current architecture. |
| This function performs architecture-specific conversions as |
| described above for `store_typed_address'. |
| |
| Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the |
| relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default |
| definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are |
| simple unsigned byte addresses. |
| |
| -- Function: CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, struct type *TYPE, char *BUF) |
| Assume that BUF holds a pointer of type TYPE, in the appropriate |
| format for the current architecture. Return the byte address the |
| pointer refers to. |
| |
| This function may safely assume that TYPE is either a pointer or a |
| C++ reference type. |
| |
| -- Function: void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *GDBARCH, |
| struct type *TYPE, char *BUF, CORE_ADDR ADDR) |
| Store in BUF a pointer of type TYPE representing the address ADDR, |
| in the appropriate format for the current architecture. |
| |
| This function may safely assume that TYPE is either a pointer or a |
| C++ reference type. |
| |
| ---------- Footnotes ---------- |
| |
| (1) Some D10V instructions are actually pairs of 16-bit |
| sub-instructions. However, since you can't jump into the middle of |
| such a pair, code addresses can only refer to full 32 bit instructions, |
| which is what matters in this explanation. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Address Classes, Next: Register Representation, Prev: Pointers and Addresses, Up: Target Architecture Definition |
| |
| 11.5 Address Classes |
| ==================== |
| |
| Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available |
| via the debug information. For example, some programming environments |
| define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information |
| distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size |
| info (e.g, `DW_AT_byte_size' in DWARF 2) or through an explicit address |
| class attribute (e.g, `DW_AT_address_class' in DWARF 2), the following |
| macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these types within |
| GDB as well as provide the added information to a GDB user when |
| printing type expressions. |
| |
| -- Function: int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, int BYTE_SIZE, int DWARF2_ADDR_CLASS) |
| Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose |
| size is BYTE_SIZE and whose address class is DWARF2_ADDR_CLASS. |
| This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See |
| `dwarf2read.c'. |
| |
| -- Function: char * gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct |
| gdbarch *GDBARCH, int TYPE_FLAGS) |
| Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, |
| return its name. |
| |
| -- Function: int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct |
| gdbarch *GDBARCH, int NAME, int *TYPE_FLAGS_PTR) |
| Given an address qualifier name, set the `int' referenced by |
| TYPE_FLAGS_PTR to the type flags for that address class qualifier. |
| |
| Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of the |
| address class functions are defined by default. Predicate functions |
| are provided to detect when they are defined. |
| |
| Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally |
| 32-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore, |
| suppose that the DWARF 2 information for this architecture simply uses |
| a `DW_AT_byte_size' value of 2 to indicate the use of one of these |
| "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined to |
| implement the address class functions: |
| |
| somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size, |
| int dwarf2_addr_class) |
| { |
| if (byte_size == 2) |
| return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1; |
| else |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| static char * |
| somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags) |
| { |
| if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1) |
| return "short"; |
| else |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| int |
| somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name, |
| int *type_flags_ptr) |
| { |
| if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0) |
| { |
| *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1; |
| return 1; |
| } |
| else |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| The qualifier `@short' is used in GDB's type expressions to indicate |
| the presence of one of these "short" pointers. For example if the |
| debug information indicates that `short_ptr_var' is one of these short |
| pointers, GDB might show the following behavior: |
| |
| (gdb) ptype short_ptr_var |
| type = int * @short |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Register Representation, Next: Frame Interpretation, Prev: Address Classes, Up: Target Architecture Definition |
| |
| 11.6 Register Representation |
| ============================ |
| |
| * Menu: |
| |
| * Raw and Cooked Registers:: |
| * Register Architecture Functions & Variables:: |
| * Register Information Functions:: |
| * Register and Memory Data:: |
| * Register Caching:: |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Raw and Cooked Registers, Next: Register Architecture Functions & Variables, Up: Register Representation |
| |
| 11.6.1 Raw and Cooked Registers |
| ------------------------------- |
| |
| GDB considers registers to be a set with members numbered linearly from |
| 0 upwards. The first part of that set corresponds to real physical |
| registers, the second part to any "pseudo-registers". Pseudo-registers |
| have no independent physical existence, but are useful representations |
| of information within the architecture. For example the OpenRISC 1000 |
| architecture has up to 32 general purpose registers, which are |
| typically represented as 32-bit (or 64-bit) integers. However the GPRs |
| are also used as operands to the floating point operations, and it |
| could be convenient to define a set of pseudo-registers, to show the |
| GPRs represented as floating point values. |
| |
| For any architecture, the implementer will decide on a mapping from |
| hardware to GDB register numbers. The registers corresponding to real |
| hardware are referred to as "raw" registers, the remaining registers are |
| "pseudo-registers". The total register set (raw and pseudo) is called |
| the "cooked" register set. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Register Architecture Functions & Variables, Next: Register Information Functions, Prev: Raw and Cooked Registers, Up: Register Representation |
| |
| 11.6.2 Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| These `struct gdbarch' functions and variables specify the number and |
| type of registers in the architecture. |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: CORE_ADDR read_pc (struct regcache *REGCACHE) |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: void write_pc (struct regcache *REGCACHE, |
| CORE_ADDR VAL) |
| Read or write the program counter. The default value of both |
| functions is `NULL' (no function available). If the program |
| counter is just an ordinary register, it can be specified in |
| `struct gdbarch' instead (see `pc_regnum' below) and it will be |
| read or written using the standard routines to access registers. |
| This function need only be specified if the program counter is not |
| an ordinary register. |
| |
| Any register information can be obtained using the supplied |
| register cache, REGCACHE. *Note Register Caching: Register |
| Caching. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: void pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, struct regcache *REGCACHE, int REGNUM, const |
| gdb_byte *BUF) |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: void pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, struct regcache *REGCACHE, int REGNUM, const |
| gdb_byte *BUF) |
| These functions should be defined if there are any |
| pseudo-registers. The default value is `NULL'. REGNUM is the |
| number of the register to read or write (which will be a "cooked" |
| register number) and BUF is the buffer where the value read will be |
| placed, or from which the value to be written will be taken. The |
| value in the buffer may be converted to or from a signed or |
| unsigned integral value using one of the utility functions (*note |
| Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations: Register |
| and Memory Data.). |
| |
| The access should be for the specified architecture, GDBARCH. Any |
| register information can be obtained using the supplied register |
| cache, REGCACHE. *Note Register Caching: Register Caching. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Variable: int sp_regnum |
| This specifies the register holding the stack pointer, which may |
| be a raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined), but |
| it is an error for it not to be defined. |
| |
| The value of the stack pointer register can be accessed withing |
| GDB as the variable `$sp'. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Variable: int pc_regnum |
| This specifies the register holding the program counter, which may |
| be a raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined). If |
| `pc_regnum' is not defined, then the functions `read_pc' and |
| `write_pc' (see above) must be defined. |
| |
| The value of the program counter (whether defined as a register, or |
| through `read_pc' and `write_pc') can be accessed withing GDB as |
| the variable `$pc'. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Variable: int ps_regnum |
| This specifies the register holding the processor status (often |
| called the status register), which may be a raw or |
| pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined). |
| |
| If defined, the value of this register can be accessed withing GDB |
| as the variable `$ps'. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Variable: int fp0_regnum |
| This specifies the first floating point register. It defaults to |
| 0. `fp0_regnum' is not needed unless the target offers support |
| for floating point. |
| |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Register Information Functions, Next: Register and Memory Data, Prev: Register Architecture Functions & Variables, Up: Register Representation |
| |
| 11.6.3 Functions Giving Register Information |
| -------------------------------------------- |
| |
| These functions return information about registers. |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: const char * register_name (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, int REGNUM) |
| This function should convert a register number (raw or pseudo) to a |
| register name (as a C `const char *'). This is used both to |
| determine the name of a register for output and to work out the |
| meaning of any register names used as input. The function may |
| also return `NULL', to indicate that REGNUM is not a valid |
| register. |
| |
| For example with the OpenRISC 1000, GDB registers 0-31 are the |
| General Purpose Registers, register 32 is the program counter and |
| register 33 is the supervision register (i.e. the processor status |
| register), which map to the strings `"gpr00"' through `"gpr31"', |
| `"pc"' and `"sr"' respectively. This means that the GDB command |
| `print $gpr5' should print the value of the OR1K general purpose |
| register 5(1). |
| |
| The default value for this function is `NULL', meaning undefined. |
| It should always be defined. |
| |
| The access should be for the specified architecture, GDBARCH. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: struct type * register_type (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, int REGNUM) |
| Given a register number, this function identifies the type of data |
| it may be holding, specified as a `struct type'. GDB allows |
| creation of arbitrary types, but a number of built in types are |
| provided (`builtin_type_void', `builtin_type_int32' etc), together |
| with functions to derive types from these. |
| |
| Typically the program counter will have a type of "pointer to |
| function" (it points to code), the frame pointer and stack pointer |
| will have types of "pointer to void" (they point to data on the |
| stack) and all other integer registers will have a type of 32-bit |
| integer or 64-bit integer. |
| |
| This information guides the formatting when displaying register |
| information. The default value is `NULL' meaning no information is |
| available to guide formatting when displaying registers. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: void print_registers_info (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, struct ui_file *FILE, struct frame_info *FRAME, int |
| REGNUM, int ALL) |
| Define this function to print out one or all of the registers for |
| the GDB `info registers' command. The default value is the |
| function `default_print_registers_info', which uses the register |
| type information (see `register_type' above) to determine how each |
| register should be printed. Define a custom version of this |
| function for fuller control over how the registers are displayed. |
| |
| The access should be for the specified architecture, GDBARCH, with |
| output to the file specified by the User Interface Independent |
| Output file handle, FILE (*note UI-Independent Output--the |
| `ui_out' Functions: UI-Independent Output.). |
| |
| The registers should show their values in the frame specified by |
| FRAME. If REGNUM is -1 and ALL is zero, then all the |
| "significant" registers should be shown (the implementer should |
| decide which registers are "significant"). Otherwise only the |
| value of the register specified by REGNUM should be output. If |
| REGNUM is -1 and ALL is non-zero (true), then the value of all |
| registers should be shown. |
| |
| By default `default_print_registers_info' prints one register per |
| line, and if ALL is zero omits floating-point registers. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: void print_float_info (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, struct ui_file *FILE, struct frame_info *FRAME, |
| const char *ARGS) |
| Define this function to provide output about the floating point |
| unit and registers for the GDB `info float' command respectively. |
| The default value is `NULL' (not defined), meaning no information |
| will be provided. |
| |
| The GDBARCH and FILE and FRAME arguments have the same meaning as |
| in the `print_registers_info' function above. The string ARGS |
| contains any supplementary arguments to the `info float' command. |
| |
| Define this function if the target supports floating point |
| operations. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: void print_vector_info (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, struct ui_file *FILE, struct frame_info *FRAME, |
| const char *ARGS) |
| Define this function to provide output about the vector unit and |
| registers for the GDB `info vector' command respectively. The |
| default value is `NULL' (not defined), meaning no information will |
| be provided. |
| |
| The GDBARCH, FILE and FRAME arguments have the same meaning as in |
| the `print_registers_info' function above. The string ARGS |
| contains any supplementary arguments to the `info vector' command. |
| |
| Define this function if the target supports vector operations. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: int register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, int REGNUM, struct reggroup *GROUP) |
| GDB groups registers into different categories (general, vector, |
| floating point etc). This function, given a register, REGNUM, and |
| group, GROUP, returns 1 (true) if the register is in the group and |
| 0 (false) otherwise. |
| |
| The information should be for the specified architecture, GDBARCH |
| |
| The default value is the function `default_register_reggroup_p' |
| which will do a reasonable job based on the type of the register |
| (see the function `register_type' above), with groups for general |
| purpose registers, floating point registers, vector registers and |
| raw (i.e not pseudo) registers. |
| |
| |
| ---------- Footnotes ---------- |
| |
| (1) Historically, GDB always had a concept of a frame pointer |
| register, which could be accessed via the GDB variable, `$fp'. That |
| concept is now deprecated, recognizing that not all architectures have |
| a frame pointer. However if an architecture does have a frame pointer |
| register, and defines a register or pseudo-register with the name |
| `"fp"', then that register will be used as the value of the `$fp' |
| variable. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Register and Memory Data, Next: Register Caching, Prev: Register Information Functions, Up: Register Representation |
| |
| 11.6.4 Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations |
| --------------------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| Some architectures have different representations of data objects, |
| depending whether the object is held in a register or memory. For |
| example: |
| |
| * The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in |
| floating-point registers. |
| |
| * The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The |
| `long double' data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 |
| bits when stored in a register. |
| |
| |
| In general, the register representation of a data type is determined |
| by the architecture, or GDB's interface to the architecture, while the |
| memory representation is determined by the Application Binary Interface. |
| |
| For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two |
| representations are identical, and no special handling is needed. |
| However, they do occasionally differ. An architecture may define the |
| following `struct gdbarch' functions to request conversions between the |
| register and memory representations of a data type: |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct |
| gdbarch *GDBARCH, int REG) |
| Return non-zero (true) if the representation of a data value |
| stored in this register may be different to the representation of |
| that same data value when stored in memory. The default value is |
| `NULL' (undefined). |
| |
| If this function is defined and returns non-zero, the `struct |
| gdbarch' functions `gdbarch_register_to_value' and |
| `gdbarch_value_to_register' (see below) should be used to perform |
| any necessary conversion. |
| |
| If defined, this function should return zero for the register's |
| native type, when no conversion is necessary. |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct |
| gdbarch *GDBARCH, int REG, struct type *TYPE, char *FROM, |
| char *TO) |
| Convert the value of register number REG to a data object of type |
| TYPE. The buffer at FROM holds the register's value in raw |
| format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at TO. |
| |
| _Note:_ `gdbarch_register_to_value' and |
| `gdbarch_value_to_register' take their REG and TYPE arguments |
| in different orders. |
| |
| `gdbarch_register_to_value' should only be used with registers for |
| which the `gdbarch_convert_register_p' function returns a non-zero |
| value. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct |
| gdbarch *GDBARCH, struct type *TYPE, int REG, char *FROM, |
| char *TO) |
| Convert a data value of type TYPE to register number REG' raw |
| format. |
| |
| _Note:_ `gdbarch_register_to_value' and |
| `gdbarch_value_to_register' take their REG and TYPE arguments |
| in different orders. |
| |
| `gdbarch_value_to_register' should only be used with registers for |
| which the `gdbarch_convert_register_p' function returns a non-zero |
| value. |
| |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Register Caching, Prev: Register and Memory Data, Up: Register Representation |
| |
| 11.6.5 Register Caching |
| ----------------------- |
| |
| Caching of registers is used, so that the target does not need to be |
| accessed and reanalyzed multiple times for each register in |
| circumstances where the register value cannot have changed. |
| |
| GDB provides `struct regcache', associated with a particular `struct |
| gdbarch' to hold the cached values of the raw registers. A set of |
| functions is provided to access both the raw registers (with `raw' in |
| their name) and the full set of cooked registers (with `cooked' in |
| their name). Functions are provided to ensure the register cache is |
| kept synchronized with the values of the actual registers in the target. |
| |
| Accessing registers through the `struct regcache' routines will |
| ensure that the appropriate `struct gdbarch' functions are called when |
| necessary to access the underlying target architecture. In general |
| users should use the "cooked" functions, since these will map to the |
| "raw" functions automatically as appropriate. |
| |
| The two key functions are `regcache_cooked_read' and |
| `regcache_cooked_write' which read or write a register from or to a |
| byte buffer (type `gdb_byte *'). For convenience the wrapper functions |
| `regcache_cooked_read_signed', `regcache_cooked_read_unsigned', |
| `regcache_cooked_write_signed' and `regcache_cooked_write_unsigned' are |
| provided, which read or write the value using the buffer and convert to |
| or from an integral value as appropriate. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Frame Interpretation, Next: Inferior Call Setup, Prev: Register Representation, Up: Target Architecture Definition |
| |
| 11.7 Frame Interpretation |
| ========================= |
| |
| * Menu: |
| |
| * All About Stack Frames:: |
| * Frame Handling Terminology:: |
| * Prologue Caches:: |
| * Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames:: |
| * Functions to Access Frame Data:: |
| * Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers:: |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: All About Stack Frames, Next: Frame Handling Terminology, Up: Frame Interpretation |
| |
| 11.7.1 All About Stack Frames |
| ----------------------------- |
| |
| GDB needs to understand the stack on which local (automatic) variables |
| are stored. The area of the stack containing all the local variables |
| for a function invocation is known as the "stack frame" for that |
| function (or colloquially just as the "frame"). In turn the function |
| that called the function will have its stack frame, and so on back |
| through the chain of functions that have been called. |
| |
| Almost all architectures have one register dedicated to point to the |
| end of the stack (the "stack pointer"). Many have a second register |
| which points to the start of the currently active stack frame (the |
| "frame pointer"). The specific arrangements for an architecture are a |
| key part of the ABI. |
| |
| A diagram helps to explain this. Here is a simple program to compute |
| factorials: |
| |
| #include <stdio.h> |
| int fact (int n) |
| { |
| if (0 == n) |
| { |
| return 1; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| return n * fact (n - 1); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| main () |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) |
| { |
| int f = fact (i); |
| printf ("%d! = %d\n", i, f); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| Consider the state of the stack when the code reaches line 6 after |
| the main program has called `fact (3)'. The chain of function calls |
| will be `main ()', `fact (3)', `fact (2)', `fact (1)' and `fact (0)'. |
| |
| In this illustration the stack is falling (as used for example by the |
| OpenRISC 1000 ABI). The stack pointer (SP) is at the end of the stack |
| (lowest address) and the frame pointer (FP) is at the highest address |
| in the current stack frame. The following diagram shows how the stack |
| looks. |
| |
| ^ ->| | |
| Frame | | | | |
| Number - | | |============| int fact (int n) |
| | | | | i = 3 | { |
| | | | |------------| if (0 == n) { |
| | | | | f = ? | return 1; <-------- PC |
| #4 main() < | | |------------| } |
| | | | | | else { |
| | | -+->|------------| ---> return n * fact (n - 1); |
| | -+-+--+-----o | | } |
| = | | |============| | } |
| | | | | n = 3 | | |
| | | | |------------| | main () |
| #3 fact (3) < | | | o---------+- { |
| | -+-+->|------------| | | int i; |
| | | | --+-----o | | | |
| = | | |============| | | for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) { |
| | | | | n = 2 | | -> int f = fact (i); |
| | | | |------------| | printf ("%d! = %d\n", i , f); |
| #2 fact (2) < | | | o------+--| } |
| | | | ->|------------| | } |
| | | -+--+-----o | | |
| = | | |============| | |
| | | | | n = 1 | | |
| | | | |------------| | |
| #1 fact (1) < | | | o------+--| |
| | | | |------------| | |
| | ---|--+-----o |<-+------- FP |
| = | |============| | | |
| | | | n = 0 | | | |
| | | |------------| | | |
| #0 fact (0) < | | o--------- | |
| | | |------------| | |
| | --+-----o |<--------- SP | |
| = |============| | |
| | | Red Zone | v |
| | \/\/\/\/\/\/\/ Direction of |
| #-1 < \/\/\/\/\/\/\/ stack growth |
| | | | |
| |
| In each stack frame, offset 0 from the stack pointer is the frame |
| pointer of the previous frame and offset 4 (this is illustrating a |
| 32-bit architecture) from the stack pointer is the return address. |
| Local variables are indexed from the frame pointer, with negative |
| indexes. In the function `fact', offset -4 from the frame pointer is |
| the argument N. In the `main' function, offset -4 from the frame |
| pointer is the local variable I and offset -8 from the frame pointer is |
| the local variable F(1). |
| |
| It is very easy to get confused when examining stacks. GDB has |
| terminology it uses rigorously throughout. The stack frame of the |
| function currently executing, or where execution stopped is numbered |
| zero. In this example frame #0 is the stack frame of the call to |
| `fact (0)'. The stack frame of its calling function (`fact (1)' in |
| this case) is numbered #1 and so on back through the chain of calls. |
| |
| The main GDB data structure describing frames is |
| `struct frame_info'. It is not used directly, but only via its |
| accessor functions. `frame_info' includes information about the |
| registers in the frame and a pointer to the code of the function with |
| which the frame is associated. The entire stack is represented as a |
| linked list of `frame_info' structs. |
| |
| ---------- Footnotes ---------- |
| |
| (1) This is a simplified example for illustrative purposes only. |
| Good optimizing compilers would not put anything on the stack for such |
| simple functions. Indeed they might eliminate the recursion and use of |
| the stack entirely! |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Frame Handling Terminology, Next: Prologue Caches, Prev: All About Stack Frames, Up: Frame Interpretation |
| |
| 11.7.2 Frame Handling Terminology |
| --------------------------------- |
| |
| It is easy to get confused when referencing stack frames. GDB uses |
| some precise terminology. |
| |
| * "THIS" frame is the frame currently under consideration. |
| |
| * The "NEXT" frame, also sometimes called the inner or newer frame |
| is the frame of the function called by the function of THIS frame. |
| |
| * The "PREVIOUS" frame, also sometimes called the outer or older |
| frame is the frame of the function which called the function of |
| THIS frame. |
| |
| |
| So in the example in the previous section (*note All About Stack |
| Frames: All About Stack Frames.), if THIS frame is #3 (the call to |
| `fact (3)'), the NEXT frame is frame #2 (the call to `fact (2)') and |
| the PREVIOUS frame is frame #4 (the call to `main ()'). |
| |
| The "innermost" frame is the frame of the current executing |
| function, or where the program stopped, in this example, in the middle |
| of the call to `fact (0))'. It is always numbered frame #0. |
| |
| The "base" of a frame is the address immediately before the start of |
| the NEXT frame. For a stack which grows down in memory (a "falling" |
| stack) this will be the lowest address and for a stack which grows up |
| in memory (a "rising" stack) this will be the highest address in the |
| frame. |
| |
| GDB functions to analyze the stack are typically given a pointer to |
| the NEXT frame to determine information about THIS frame. Information |
| about THIS frame includes data on where the registers of the PREVIOUS |
| frame are stored in this stack frame. In this example the frame |
| pointer of the PREVIOUS frame is stored at offset 0 from the stack |
| pointer of THIS frame. |
| |
| The process whereby a function is given a pointer to the NEXT frame |
| to work out information about THIS frame is referred to as "unwinding". |
| The GDB functions involved in this typically include unwind in their |
| name. |
| |
| The process of analyzing a target to determine the information that |
| should go in struct frame_info is called "sniffing". The functions |
| that carry this out are called sniffers and typically include sniffer |
| in their name. More than one sniffer may be required to extract all |
| the information for a particular frame. |
| |
| Because so many functions work using the NEXT frame, there is an |
| issue about addressing the innermost frame--it has no NEXT frame. To |
| solve this GDB creates a dummy frame #-1, known as the "sentinel" frame. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Prologue Caches, Next: Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames, Prev: Frame Handling Terminology, Up: Frame Interpretation |
| |
| 11.7.3 Prologue Caches |
| ---------------------- |
| |
| All the frame sniffing functions typically examine the code at the |
| start of the corresponding function, to determine the state of |
| registers. The ABI will save old values and set new values of key |
| registers at the start of each function in what is known as the |
| function "prologue". |
| |
| For any particular stack frame this data does not change, so all the |
| standard unwinding functions, in addition to receiving a pointer to the |
| NEXT frame as their first argument, receive a pointer to a "prologue |
| cache" as their second argument. This can be used to store values |
| associated with a particular frame, for reuse on subsequent calls |
| involving the same frame. |
| |
| It is up to the user to define the structure used (it is a `void *' |
| pointer) and arrange allocation and deallocation of storage. However |
| for general use, GDB provides `struct trad_frame_cache', with a set of |
| accessor routines. This structure holds the stack and code address of |
| THIS frame, the base address of the frame, a pointer to the struct |
| `frame_info' for the NEXT frame and details of where the registers of |
| the PREVIOUS frame may be found in THIS frame. |
| |
| Typically the first time any sniffer function is called with NEXT |
| frame, the prologue sniffer for THIS frame will be `NULL'. The sniffer |
| will analyze the frame, allocate a prologue cache structure and |
| populate it. Subsequent calls using the same NEXT frame will pass in |
| this prologue cache, so the data can be returned with no additional |
| analysis. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames, Next: Functions to Access Frame Data, Prev: Prologue Caches, Up: Frame Interpretation |
| |
| 11.7.4 Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames |
| ----------------------------------------------- |
| |
| These struct `gdbarch' functions and variable should be defined to |
| provide analysis of the stack frame and allow it to be adjusted as |
| required. |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: CORE_ADDR skip_prologue (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, CORE_ADDR PC) |
| The prologue of a function is the code at the beginning of the |
| function which sets up the stack frame, saves the return address |
| etc. The code representing the behavior of the function starts |
| after the prologue. |
| |
| This function skips past the prologue of a function if the program |
| counter, PC, is within the prologue of a function. The result is |
| the program counter immediately after the prologue. With modern |
| optimizing compilers, this may be a far from trivial exercise. |
| However the required information may be within the binary as |
| DWARF2 debugging information, making the job much easier. |
| |
| The default value is `NULL' (not defined). This function should |
| always be provided, but can take advantage of DWARF2 debugging |
| information, if that is available. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: int inner_than (CORE_ADDR LHS, CORE_ADDR RHS) |
| Given two frame or stack pointers, return non-zero (true) if the |
| first represents the "inner" stack frame and 0 (false) otherwise. |
| This is used to determine whether the target has a stack which |
| grows up in memory (rising stack) or grows down in memory (falling |
| stack). *Note All About Stack Frames: All About Stack Frames, for |
| an explanation of "inner" frames. |
| |
| The default value of this function is `NULL' and it should always |
| be defined. However for almost all architectures one of the |
| built-in functions can be used: `core_addr_lessthan' (for stacks |
| growing down in memory) or `core_addr_greaterthan' (for stacks |
| growing up in memory). |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: CORE_ADDR frame_align (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, CORE_ADDR ADDRESS) |
| The architecture may have constraints on how its frames are |
| aligned. For example the OpenRISC 1000 ABI requires stack frames |
| to be double-word aligned, but 32-bit versions of the architecture |
| allocate single-word values to the stack. Thus extra padding may |
| be needed at the end of a stack frame. |
| |
| Given a proposed address for the stack pointer, this function |
| returns a suitably aligned address (by expanding the stack frame). |
| |
| The default value is `NULL' (undefined). This function should be |
| defined for any architecture where it is possible the stack could |
| become misaligned. The utility functions `align_down' (for falling |
| stacks) and `align_up' (for rising stacks) will facilitate the |
| implementation of this function. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Variable: int frame_red_zone_size |
| Some ABIs reserve space beyond the end of the stack for use by leaf |
| functions without prologue or epilogue or by exception handlers |
| (for example the OpenRISC 1000). |
| |
| This is known as a "red zone" (AMD terminology). The AMD64 (nee |
| x86-64) ABI documentation refers to the "red zone" when describing |
| this scratch area. |
| |
| The default value is 0. Set this field if the architecture has |
| such a red zone. The value must be aligned as required by the ABI |
| (see `frame_align' above for an explanation of stack frame |
| alignment). |
| |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Functions to Access Frame Data, Next: Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers, Prev: Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames, Up: Frame Interpretation |
| |
| 11.7.5 Functions to Access Frame Data |
| ------------------------------------- |
| |
| These functions provide access to key registers and arguments in the |
| stack frame. |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, struct frame_info *NEXT_FRAME) |
| This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame (*note |
| All About Stack Frames: All About Stack Frames, for how frames are |
| represented) and returns the value of the program counter in the |
| PREVIOUS frame (i.e. the frame of the function that called THIS |
| one). This is commonly referred to as the "return address". |
| |
| The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any |
| frame), is typically no more than: |
| |
| ULONGEST pc; |
| pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, ARCH_PC_REGNUM); |
| return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc); |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, struct frame_info *NEXT_FRAME) |
| This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame (*note |
| All About Stack Frames: All About Stack Frames. for how frames are |
| represented) and returns the value of the stack pointer in the |
| PREVIOUS frame (i.e. the frame of the function that called THIS |
| one). |
| |
| The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any |
| frame), is typically no more than: |
| |
| ULONGEST sp; |
| sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, ARCH_SP_REGNUM); |
| return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp); |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: int frame_num_args (struct gdbarch *GDBARCH, |
| struct frame_info *THIS_FRAME) |
| This function is given a pointer to THIS stack frame (*note All |
| About Stack Frames: All About Stack Frames. for how frames are |
| represented), and returns the number of arguments that are being |
| passed, or -1 if not known. |
| |
| The default value is `NULL' (undefined), in which case the number |
| of arguments passed on any stack frame is always unknown. For many |
| architectures this will be a suitable default. |
| |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers, Prev: Functions to Access Frame Data, Up: Frame Interpretation |
| |
| 11.7.6 Analyzing Stacks--Frame Sniffers |
| --------------------------------------- |
| |
| When a program stops, GDB needs to construct the chain of struct |
| `frame_info' representing the state of the stack using appropriate |
| "sniffers". |
| |
| Each architecture requires appropriate sniffers, but they do not form |
| entries in `struct gdbarch', since more than one sniffer may be |
| required and a sniffer may be suitable for more than one |
| `struct gdbarch'. Instead sniffers are associated with architectures |
| using the following functions. |
| |
| * `frame_unwind_append_sniffer' is used to add a new sniffer to |
| analyze THIS frame when given a pointer to the NEXT frame. |
| |
| * `frame_base_append_sniffer' is used to add a new sniffer which can |
| determine information about the base of a stack frame. |
| |
| * `frame_base_set_default' is used to specify the default base |
| sniffer. |
| |
| |
| These functions all take a reference to `struct gdbarch', so they |
| are associated with a specific architecture. They are usually called |
| in the `gdbarch' initialization function, after the `gdbarch' struct |
| has been set up. Unless a default has been set, the most recently |
| appended sniffer will be tried first. |
| |
| The main frame unwinding sniffer (as set by |
| `frame_unwind_append_sniffer)' returns a structure specifying a set of |
| sniffing functions: |
| |
| struct frame_unwind |
| { |
| enum frame_type type; |
| frame_this_id_ftype *this_id; |
| frame_prev_register_ftype *prev_register; |
| const struct frame_data *unwind_data; |
| frame_sniffer_ftype *sniffer; |
| frame_prev_pc_ftype *prev_pc; |
| frame_dealloc_cache_ftype *dealloc_cache; |
| }; |
| |
| The `type' field indicates the type of frame this sniffer can |
| handle: normal, dummy (*note Functions Creating Dummy Frames: Functions |
| Creating Dummy Frames.), signal handler or sentinel. Signal handlers |
| sometimes have their own simplified stack structure for efficiency, so |
| may need their own handlers. |
| |
| The `unwind_data' field holds additional information which may be |
| relevant to particular types of frame. For example it may hold |
| additional information for signal handler frames. |
| |
| The remaining fields define functions that yield different types of |
| information when given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame. Not all |
| functions need be provided. If an entry is `NULL', the next sniffer |
| will be tried instead. |
| |
| * `this_id' determines the stack pointer and function (code entry |
| point) for THIS stack frame. |
| |
| * `prev_register' determines where the values of registers for the |
| PREVIOUS stack frame are stored in THIS stack frame. |
| |
| * `sniffer' takes a look at THIS frame's registers to determine if |
| this is the appropriate unwinder. |
| |
| * `prev_pc' determines the program counter for THIS frame. Only |
| needed if the program counter is not an ordinary register (*note |
| Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture: |
| Register Architecture Functions & Variables.). |
| |
| * `dealloc_cache' frees any additional memory associated with the |
| prologue cache for this frame (*note Prologue Caches: Prologue |
| Caches.). |
| |
| |
| In general it is only the `this_id' and `prev_register' fields that |
| need be defined for custom sniffers. |
| |
| The frame base sniffer is much simpler. It is a |
| `struct frame_base', which refers to the corresponding `frame_unwind' |
| struct and whose fields refer to functions yielding various addresses |
| within the frame. |
| |
| struct frame_base |
| { |
| const struct frame_unwind *unwind; |
| frame_this_base_ftype *this_base; |
| frame_this_locals_ftype *this_locals; |
| frame_this_args_ftype *this_args; |
| }; |
| |
| All the functions referred to take a pointer to the NEXT frame as |
| argument. The function referred to by `this_base' returns the base |
| address of THIS frame, the function referred to by `this_locals' |
| returns the base address of local variables in THIS frame and the |
| function referred to by `this_args' returns the base address of the |
| function arguments in this frame. |
| |
| As described above, the base address of a frame is the address |
| immediately before the start of the NEXT frame. For a falling stack, |
| this is the lowest address in the frame and for a rising stack it is |
| the highest address in the frame. For most architectures the same |
| address is also the base address for local variables and arguments, in |
| which case the same function can be used for all three entries(1). |
| |
| ---------- Footnotes ---------- |
| |
| (1) It is worth noting that if it cannot be determined in any other |
| way (for example by there being a register with the name `"fp"'), then |
| the result of the `this_base' function will be used as the value of the |
| frame pointer variable `$fp' in GDB. This is very often not correct |
| (for example with the OpenRISC 1000, this value is the stack pointer, |
| `$sp'). In this case a register (raw or pseudo) with the name `"fp"' |
| should be defined. It will be used in preference as the value of `$fp'. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Inferior Call Setup, Next: Adding support for debugging core files, Prev: Frame Interpretation, Up: Target Architecture Definition |
| |
| 11.8 Inferior Call Setup |
| ======================== |
| |
| * Menu: |
| |
| * About Dummy Frames:: |
| * Functions Creating Dummy Frames:: |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: About Dummy Frames, Next: Functions Creating Dummy Frames, Up: Inferior Call Setup |
| |
| 11.8.1 About Dummy Frames |
| ------------------------- |
| |
| GDB can call functions in the target code (for example by using the |
| `call' or `print' commands). These functions may be breakpointed, and |
| it is essential that if a function does hit a breakpoint, commands like |
| `backtrace' work correctly. |
| |
| This is achieved by making the stack look as though the function had |
| been called from the point where GDB had previously stopped. This |
| requires that GDB can set up stack frames appropriate for such function |
| calls. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Functions Creating Dummy Frames, Prev: About Dummy Frames, Up: Inferior Call Setup |
| |
| 11.8.2 Functions Creating Dummy Frames |
| -------------------------------------- |
| |
| The following functions provide the functionality to set up such |
| "dummy" stack frames. |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: CORE_ADDR push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, struct value *FUNCTION, struct regcache *REGCACHE, |
| CORE_ADDR BP_ADDR, int NARGS, struct value **ARGS, CORE_ADDR |
| SP, int STRUCT_RETURN, CORE_ADDR STRUCT_ADDR) |
| This function sets up a dummy stack frame for the function about |
| to be called. `push_dummy_call' is given the arguments to be |
| passed and must copy them into registers or push them on to the |
| stack as appropriate for the ABI. |
| |
| FUNCTION is a pointer to the function that will be called and |
| REGCACHE the register cache from which values should be obtained. |
| BP_ADDR is the address to which the function should return (which |
| is breakpointed, so GDB can regain control, hence the name). |
| NARGS is the number of arguments to pass and ARGS an array |
| containing the argument values. STRUCT_RETURN is non-zero (true) |
| if the function returns a structure, and if so STRUCT_ADDR is the |
| address in which the structure should be returned. |
| |
| After calling this function, GDB will pass control to the target |
| at the address of the function, which will find the stack and |
| registers set up just as expected. |
| |
| The default value of this function is `NULL' (undefined). If the |
| function is not defined, then GDB will not allow the user to call |
| functions within the target being debugged. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct |
| gdbarch *GDBARCH, struct frame_info *NEXT_FRAME) |
| This is the inverse of `push_dummy_call' which restores the stack |
| pointer and program counter after a call to evaluate a function |
| using a dummy stack frame. The result is a `struct frame_id', |
| which contains the value of the stack pointer and program counter |
| to be used. |
| |
| The NEXT frame pointer is provided as argument, NEXT_FRAME. THIS |
| frame is the frame of the dummy function, which can be unwound, to |
| yield the required stack pointer and program counter from the |
| PREVIOUS frame. |
| |
| The default value is `NULL' (undefined). If `push_dummy_call' is |
| defined, then this function should also be defined. |
| |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, CORE_ADDR SP, CORE_ADDR FUNADDR, struct value |
| **ARGS, int NARGS, struct type *VALUE_TYPE, CORE_ADDR |
| *REAL_PC, CORE_ADDR *BP_ADDR, struct regcache *REGCACHE) |
| If this function is not defined (its default value is `NULL'), a |
| dummy call will use the entry point of the currently loaded code |
| on the target as its return address. A temporary breakpoint will |
| be set there, so the location must be writable and have room for a |
| breakpoint. |
| |
| It is possible that this default is not suitable. It might not be |
| writable (in ROM possibly), or the ABI might require code to be |
| executed on return from a call to unwind the stack before the |
| breakpoint is encountered. |
| |
| If either of these is the case, then push_dummy_code should be |
| defined to push an instruction sequence onto the end of the stack |
| to which the dummy call should return. |
| |
| The arguments are essentially the same as those to |
| `push_dummy_call'. However the function is provided with the type |
| of the function result, VALUE_TYPE, BP_ADDR is used to return a |
| value (the address at which the breakpoint instruction should be |
| inserted) and REAL PC is used to specify the resume address when |
| starting the call sequence. The function should return the |
| updated innermost stack address. |
| |
| _Note:_ This does require that code in the stack can be |
| executed. Some Harvard architectures may not allow this. |
| |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Adding support for debugging core files, Next: Defining Other Architecture Features, Prev: Inferior Call Setup, Up: Target Architecture Definition |
| |
| 11.9 Adding support for debugging core files |
| ============================================ |
| |
| The prerequisite for adding core file support in GDB is to have core |
| file support in BFD. |
| |
| Once BFD support is available, writing the apropriate |
| `regset_from_core_section' architecture function should be all that is |
| needed in order to add support for core files in GDB. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Defining Other Architecture Features, Next: Adding a New Target, Prev: Adding support for debugging core files, Up: Target Architecture Definition |
| |
| 11.10 Defining Other Architecture Features |
| ========================================== |
| |
| This section describes other functions and values in `gdbarch', |
| together with some useful macros, that you can use to define the target |
| architecture. |
| |
| `CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (GDBARCH, ADDR)' |
| If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not |
| really part of the address, then this function is used to zero |
| those bits in ADDR. This is only used for addresses of |
| instructions, and even then not in all contexts. |
| |
| For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the |
| Hewlett-Packard PA 2.0 architecture contain the privilege level of |
| the corresponding instruction. Since instructions must always be |
| aligned on four-byte boundaries, the processor masks out these |
| bits to generate the actual address of the instruction. |
| `gdbarch_addr_bits_remove' would then for example look like that: |
| arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr) |
| { |
| return (addr &= ~0x3); |
| } |
| |
| `int address_class_name_to_type_flags (GDBARCH, NAME, TYPE_FLAGS_PTR)' |
| If NAME is a valid address class qualifier name, set the `int' |
| referenced by TYPE_FLAGS_PTR to the mask representing the qualifier |
| and return 1. If NAME is not a valid address class qualifier name, |
| return 0. |
| |
| The value for TYPE_FLAGS_PTR should be one of |
| `TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1', `TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2', or |
| possibly some combination of these values or'd together. *Note |
| Address Classes: Target Architecture Definition. |
| |
| `int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (GDBARCH)' |
| Predicate which indicates whether |
| `address_class_name_to_type_flags' has been defined. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (GDBARCH, BYTE_SIZE, DWARF2_ADDR_CLASS)' |
| Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) |
| and the possible `DW_AT_address_class' value, return the type flags |
| used by GDB to represent this address class. The value returned |
| should be one of `TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1', |
| `TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2', or possibly some combination of these |
| values or'd together. *Note Address Classes: Target Architecture |
| Definition. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (GDBARCH)' |
| Predicate which indicates whether |
| `gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p' has been defined. |
| |
| `const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (GDBARCH, TYPE_FLAGS)' |
| Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the |
| type flags given by TYPE_FLAGS. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (GDBARCH)' |
| Predicate which indicates whether |
| `gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name' has been defined. |
| *Note Address Classes: Target Architecture Definition. |
| |
| `void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (GDBARCH, TYPE, BUF, ADDR)' |
| Store in BUF a pointer of type TYPE representing the address ADDR, |
| in the appropriate format for the current architecture. This |
| function may safely assume that TYPE is either a pointer or a C++ |
| reference type. *Note Pointers Are Not Always Addresses: Target |
| Architecture Definition. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (GDBARCH)' |
| Used to notify if the compiler promotes a `short' or `char' |
| parameter to an `int', but still reports the parameter as its |
| original type, rather than the promoted type. |
| |
| `gdbarch_bits_big_endian (GDBARCH)' |
| This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does *not* |
| match the endianism of the target byte order. A value of 1 means |
| that the bits are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means |
| little-endian. |
| |
| `set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (GDBARCH, BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)' |
| Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates |
| that the bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit |
| order, 0 indicates little-endian. |
| |
| `BREAKPOINT' |
| This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put |
| into memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to |
| use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for |
| instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid instruction. The |
| breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest instruction of the |
| architecture. |
| |
| `BREAKPOINT' has been deprecated in favor of |
| `gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc'. |
| |
| `BIG_BREAKPOINT' |
| `LITTLE_BREAKPOINT' |
| Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets. |
| |
| `BIG_BREAKPOINT' and `LITTLE_BREAKPOINT' have been deprecated in |
| favor of `gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc'. |
| |
| `const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (GDBARCH, PCPTR, LENPTR)' |
| Use the program counter to determine the contents and size of a |
| breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to a static string |
| of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the length |
| of the string to `*LENPTR', and adjusts the program counter (if |
| necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the |
| breakpoint should be inserted. May return `NULL' to indicate that |
| software breakpoints are not supported. |
| |
| Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, |
| it's not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an |
| invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the |
| shortest instruction of the architecture. |
| |
| Provided breakpoint bytes can be also used by |
| `bp_loc_is_permanent' to detect permanent breakpoints. |
| `gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc' should return an unchanged memory |
| copy if it was called for a location with permanent breakpoint as |
| some architectures use breakpoint instructions containing |
| arbitrary parameter value. |
| |
| Replaces all the other BREAKPOINT macros. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (GDBARCH, BP_TGT)' |
| `gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (GDBARCH, BP_TGT)' |
| Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults |
| (`default_memory_insert_breakpoint' and |
| `default_memory_remove_breakpoint' respectively) have been |
| provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most |
| architectures. Architectures which may want to set |
| `gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint' and |
| `gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint' will likely have instructions |
| that are oddly sized or are not stored in a conventional manner. |
| |
| It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define |
| custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if |
| `gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc' needs to read the target's memory for |
| some reason. |
| |
| `CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (GDBARCH, BPADDR)' |
| Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a |
| breakpoint address adjusted to account for architectural |
| constraints on breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by |
| most targets. |
| |
| The FR-V target (see `frv-tdep.c') requires this method. The FR-V |
| is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like instructions |
| are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate instruction or |
| instruction bundle. When the processor executes one of these |
| bundles, the component instructions are executed in parallel. |
| |
| In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions |
| from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line |
| number information associated with one of the latter statements |
| will likely refer to some instruction other than the first one in |
| the bundle. So, if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one |
| of these latter statements, GDB must be careful to _not_ place the |
| break instruction on any instruction other than the first one in |
| the bundle. (Remember though that the instructions within a |
| bundle execute in parallel, so the _first_ instruction is the |
| instruction at the lowest address and has nothing to do with |
| execution order.) |
| |
| The FR-V's `gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address' method will adjust a |
| breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of |
| the bundle, returning the address of the bundle. |
| |
| Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a |
| user's expectation, GDB prints a warning when an adjusted |
| breakpoint is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is |
| hit. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (GDBARCH)' |
| See the file `inferior.h'. |
| |
| This method has been replaced by `gdbarch_push_dummy_code' (*note |
| gdbarch_push_dummy_code::). |
| |
| `int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (GDBARCH, REGUM)' |
| This function should return nonzero if REGNO cannot be fetched |
| from an inferior process. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (GDBARCH, REGNUM)' |
| This function should return nonzero if REGNO should not be written |
| to the target. This is often the case for program counters, |
| status words, and other special registers. This function returns |
| 0 as default so that GDB will assume that all registers may be |
| written. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_convert_register_p (GDBARCH, REGNUM, struct type *TYPE)' |
| Return non-zero if register REGNUM represents data values of type |
| TYPE in a non-standard form. *Note Using Different Register and |
| Memory Data Representations: Target Architecture Definition. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (GDBARCH)' |
| This function returns the number of the first floating point |
| register, if the machine has such registers. Otherwise, it |
| returns -1. |
| |
| `CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (GDBARCH)' |
| This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC |
| after the program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the |
| number of bytes in `BREAKPOINT', though not always. For most |
| targets this value will be 0. |
| |
| `DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (ADDR)' |
| If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if ADDR is in a shared |
| library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be |
| disabled. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (GDBARCH, DWARF2_REGNR)' |
| Convert DWARF2 register number DWARF2_REGNR into GDB regnum. If |
| not defined, no conversion will be performed. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (GDBARCH, ECOFF_REGNR)' |
| Convert ECOFF register number ECOFF_REGNR into GDB regnum. If |
| not defined, no conversion will be performed. |
| |
| `GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL' |
| `GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL' |
| If defined, these are the names of the symbols that GDB will look |
| for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols are |
| `gcc_compiled.' and `gcc2_compiled.', respectively. (Currently |
| only defined for the Delta 68.) |
| |
| `gdbarch_get_longjmp_target' |
| This function determines the target PC address that `longjmp' will |
| jump to, assuming that we have just stopped at a `longjmp' |
| breakpoint. It takes a `CORE_ADDR *' as argument, and stores the |
| target PC value through this pointer. It examines the current |
| state of the machine as needed, typically by using a |
| manually-determined offset into the `jmp_buf'. (While we might |
| like to get the offset from the target's `jmpbuf.h', that header |
| file cannot be assumed to be available when building a |
| cross-debugger.) |
| |
| `DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET' |
| Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This |
| conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by |
| feature-specific macros. It was introduced in haste and we are |
| repenting at leisure. |
| |
| `I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS' |
| An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 |
| watchpoint support; see *note I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS: |
| Algorithms. |
| |
| `gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (GDBARCH, ADDR)' |
| Returns non-zero if the given ADDR is in the epilogue of a |
| function. The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a |
| function where the stack frame of the function already has been |
| destroyed up to the final `return from function call' instruction. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (GDBARCH, PC, NAME)' |
| Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped |
| in the trampoline that returns from a shared library. |
| |
| `target_so_ops.in_dynsym_resolve_code (PC)' |
| Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the |
| dynamic linker. |
| |
| `SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (PC)' |
| Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution |
| should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution |
| function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or |
| necessary to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker |
| and that single stepping will suffice. |
| |
| `CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (GDBARCH, TYPE, BUF)' |
| Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to |
| address conversions specially. Converts that value to an address |
| according to the current architectures conventions. |
| |
| _Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from |
| their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to GDB's `print' |
| command, they should get the same value as would have been |
| computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can |
| cause major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified |
| carefully. In other words, GDB doesn't really have the freedom to |
| do these conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, |
| been pointed out that users aren't complaining about how GDB casts |
| integers to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an |
| address from a disassembly listing and give it to `x/i'. Adding |
| an architecture method like `gdbarch_integer_to_address' certainly |
| makes it possible for GDB to "get it right" in all circumstances._ |
| |
| *Note Pointers Are Not Always Addresses: Target Architecture |
| Definition. |
| |
| `CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (GDBARCH, TYPE, BUF)' |
| Assume that BUF holds a pointer of type TYPE, in the appropriate |
| format for the current architecture. Return the byte address the |
| pointer refers to. *Note Pointers Are Not Always Addresses: |
| Target Architecture Definition. |
| |
| `void gdbarch_register_to_value(GDBARCH, FRAME, REGNUM, TYPE, FUR)' |
| Convert the raw contents of register REGNUM into a value of type |
| TYPE. *Note Using Different Register and Memory Data |
| Representations: Target Architecture Definition. |
| |
| `REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(REG, TYPE, FROM, TO)' |
| Convert the value of register REG from its raw form to its virtual |
| form. *Note Raw and Virtual Register Representations: Target |
| Architecture Definition. |
| |
| `REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(TYPE, REG, FROM, TO)' |
| Convert the value of register REG from its virtual form to its raw |
| form. *Note Raw and Virtual Register Representations: Target |
| Architecture Definition. |
| |
| `const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * GDBARCH, const char * SECT_NAME, size_t SECT_SIZE)' |
| Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with |
| name SECT_NAME and size SECT_SIZE. |
| |
| `SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()' |
| Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step |
| mechanism. The macro `SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP' must also be defined. |
| |
| `SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(SIGNAL, INSERT_BREAKPOINTS_P)' |
| A function that inserts or removes (depending on |
| INSERT_BREAKPOINTS_P) breakpoints at each possible destinations of |
| the next instruction. See `sparc-tdep.c' and `rs6000-tdep.c' for |
| examples. |
| |
| `set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (GDBARCH, SET)' |
| Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have |
| in the debug information, the more time the linker has to spend |
| relocating them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger |
| could find the address it needs, you should omit it from the debug |
| info, to make linking faster. |
| |
| Calling `set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing' with a non-zero |
| argument SET indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort |
| are in use, affecting `N_SO' and `N_FUN' entries in stabs-format |
| debugging information. `N_SO' stabs mark the beginning and ending |
| addresses of compilation units in the text segment. `N_FUN' stabs |
| mark the starts and ends of functions. |
| |
| In this case, GDB assumes two things: |
| |
| * `N_FUN' stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those |
| addresses, you should find the address where the function |
| starts by taking the function name from the stab, and then |
| looking that up in the minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol |
| table). In other words, the stab has the name, and the |
| linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries |
| the address. |
| |
| * `N_SO' stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at |
| the `N_FUN' stabs that appear before and after the `N_SO' |
| stab, and guess the starting and ending addresses of the |
| compilation unit from them. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (GDBARCH, TYPE)' |
| Define this function to return nonzero if a function argument of |
| type TYPE is passed by reference instead of value. |
| |
| `CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (GDBARCH, FUNCTION, REGCACHE, BP_ADDR, NARGS, ARGS, SP, STRUCT_RETURN, STRUCT_ADDR)' |
| Define this to push the dummy frame's call to the inferior |
| function onto the stack. In addition to pushing NARGS, the code |
| should push STRUCT_ADDR (when STRUCT_RETURN is non-zero), and the |
| return address (BP_ADDR). |
| |
| FUNCTION is a pointer to a `struct value'; on architectures that |
| use function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor |
| value. |
| |
| Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer. |
| |
| `CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (GDBARCH, SP, FUNADDR, USING_GCC, ARGS, NARGS, VALUE_TYPE, REAL_PC, BP_ADDR, REGCACHE)' |
| Given a stack based call dummy, push the instruction sequence |
| (including space for a breakpoint) to which the called function |
| should return. |
| |
| Set BP_ADDR to the address at which the breakpoint instruction |
| should be inserted, REAL_PC to the resume address when starting |
| the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address. |
| |
| By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned |
| (*note frame_align::) breakpoint, BP_ADDR is set to the address |
| reserved for that breakpoint, and REAL_PC set to FUNADDR. |
| |
| This method replaces `gdbarch_call_dummy_location (GDBARCH)'. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (GDBARCH, SDB_REGNR)' |
| Use this function to convert sdb register SDB_REGNR into GDB |
| regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done. |
| |
| `enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *GDBARCH, struct type *VALTYPE, struct regcache *REGCACHE, void *READBUF, const void *WRITEBUF)' |
| Given a function with a return-value of type RETTYPE, return which |
| return-value convention that function would use. |
| |
| GDB currently recognizes two function return-value conventions: |
| `RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION' where the return value is found |
| in registers; and `RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION' where the return |
| value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is |
| passed in as the function's first parameter. |
| |
| If the register convention is being used, and WRITEBUF is |
| non-`NULL', also copy the return-value in WRITEBUF into REGCACHE. |
| |
| If the register convention is being used, and READBUF is |
| non-`NULL', also copy the return value from REGCACHE into READBUF |
| (REGCACHE contains a copy of the registers from the just returned |
| function). |
| |
| _Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract, |
| store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to |
| determine the return-value convention need only be implemented in |
| one place. If GDB were written in an OO language, this method |
| would instead return an object that knew how to perform the |
| register return-value extract and store._ |
| |
| _Maintainer note: This method does not take a GCC_P parameter, and |
| such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture that |
| requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified, |
| then the replacement of RETTYPE with `struct value' FUNCTION |
| should be pursued._ |
| |
| _Maintainer note: The REGCACHE parameter limits this methods to |
| the inner most frame. While replacing REGCACHE with a `struct |
| frame_info' FRAME parameter would remove that limitation there has |
| yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change._ |
| |
| `void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (GDBARCH, REGCACHE)' |
| Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. GDB |
| normally steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one |
| instruction, and re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent |
| breakpoints are hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, |
| so this strategy doesn't work. Calling |
| `gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint' adjusts the processor's state |
| so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This |
| function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the |
| delay slot of a branch or jump. |
| |
| `CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (GDBARCH, FRAME, PC)' |
| If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between |
| callers and the functions being called, then define this function |
| to return a new PC that is at the start of the real function. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum (GDBARCH)' |
| If the frame pointer is in a register, use this function to return |
| the number of that register. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (GDBARCH, STAB_REGNR)' |
| Use this function to convert stab register STAB_REGNR into GDB |
| regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done. |
| |
| `TARGET_CHAR_BIT' |
| Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_char_signed (GDBARCH)' |
| Non-zero if `char' is normally signed on this architecture; zero if |
| it should be unsigned. |
| |
| The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat `char' as |
| equivalent to either `signed char' or `unsigned char'; any |
| character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive. |
| Most compilers treat `char' as signed, but `char' is unsigned on |
| the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_double_bit (GDBARCH)' |
| Number of bits in a double float; defaults to |
| `8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT'. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_float_bit (GDBARCH)' |
| Number of bits in a float; defaults to `4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT'. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_int_bit (GDBARCH)' |
| Number of bits in an integer; defaults to `4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT'. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_long_bit (GDBARCH)' |
| Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to |
| `4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT'. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_long_double_bit (GDBARCH)' |
| Number of bits in a long double float; defaults to |
| `2 * gdbarch_double_bit (GDBARCH)'. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_long_long_bit (GDBARCH)' |
| Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to |
| `2 * gdbarch_long_bit (GDBARCH)'. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_ptr_bit (GDBARCH)' |
| Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to |
| `gdbarch_int_bit (GDBARCH)'. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_short_bit (GDBARCH)' |
| Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to |
| `2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT'. |
| |
| `void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (GDBARCH, PC, FRAME_REGNUM, FRAME_OFFSET)' |
| Returns a `(REGISTER, OFFSET)' pair representing the virtual frame |
| pointer in use at the code address PC. If virtual frame pointers |
| are not used, a default definition simply returns |
| `gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum' (or `gdbarch_sp_regnum', if no |
| frame pointer is defined), with an offset of zero. |
| |
| `TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS' |
| If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted |
| watchpoints. *Note watchpoints: Algorithms, for more details and |
| other related macros. |
| |
| `int gdbarch_print_insn (GDBARCH, VMA, INFO)' |
| This is the function used by GDB to print an assembly instruction. |
| It prints the instruction at address VMA in debugged memory and |
| returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. This usually |
| points to a function in the `opcodes' library (*note Opcodes: |
| Support Libraries.). INFO is a structure (of type |
| `disassemble_info') defined in the header file |
| `include/dis-asm.h', and used to pass information to the |
| instruction decoding routine. |
| |
| `frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (GDBARCH, FRAME)' |
| Given FRAME return a `struct frame_id' that uniquely identifies an |
| inferior function call's dummy frame. The value returned must |
| match the dummy frame stack value previously saved by |
| `call_function_by_hand'. |
| |
| `void gdbarch_value_to_register (GDBARCH, FRAME, TYPE, BUF)' |
| Convert a value of type TYPE into the raw contents of a register. |
| *Note Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations: |
| Target Architecture Definition. |
| |
| |
| Motorola M68K target conditionals. |
| |
| `BPT_VECTOR' |
| Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap |
| vector. If not defined, it will default to `0xf'. |
| |
| `REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR' |
| Defaults to `1'. |
| |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Adding a New Target, Prev: Defining Other Architecture Features, Up: Target Architecture Definition |
| |
| 11.11 Adding a New Target |
| ========================= |
| |
| The following files add a target to GDB: |
| |
| `gdb/TTT-tdep.c' |
| Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. |
| On some machines it doesn't exist at all. |
| |
| `gdb/ARCH-tdep.c' |
| `gdb/ARCH-tdep.h' |
| This is required to describe the basic layout of the target |
| machine's processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). It can be |
| shared among many targets that use the same processor architecture. |
| |
| |
| (Target header files such as `gdb/config/ARCH/tm-TTT.h', |
| `gdb/config/ARCH/tm-ARCH.h', and `config/tm-OS.h' are no longer used.) |
| |
| A GDB description for a new architecture, arch is created by |
| defining a global function `_initialize_ARCH_tdep', by convention in |
| the source file `ARCH-tdep.c'. For example, in the case of the |
| OpenRISC 1000, this function is called `_initialize_or1k_tdep' and is |
| found in the file `or1k-tdep.c'. |
| |
| The object file resulting from compiling this source file, which will |
| contain the implementation of the `_initialize_ARCH_tdep' function is |
| specified in the GDB `configure.tgt' file, which includes a large case |
| statement pattern matching against the `--target' option of the |
| `configure' script. |
| |
| _Note:_ If the architecture requires multiple source files, the |
| corresponding binaries should be included in `configure.tgt'. |
| However if there are header files, the dependencies on these will |
| not be picked up from the entries in `configure.tgt'. The |
| `Makefile.in' file will need extending to show these dependencies. |
| |
| A new struct gdbarch, defining the new architecture, is created |
| within the `_initialize_ARCH_tdep' function by calling |
| `gdbarch_register': |
| |
| void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture architecture, |
| gdbarch_init_ftype *init_func, |
| gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *tdep_dump_func); |
| |
| This function has been described fully in an earlier section. *Note |
| How an Architecture is Represented: How an Architecture is Represented. |
| |
| The new `struct gdbarch' should contain implementations of the |
| necessary functions (described in the previous sections) to describe |
| the basic layout of the target machine's processor chip (registers, |
| stack, etc.). It can be shared among many targets that use the same |
| processor architecture. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Target Descriptions, Next: Target Vector Definition, Prev: Target Architecture Definition, Up: Top |
| |
| 12 Target Descriptions |
| ********************** |
| |
| The target architecture definition (*note Target Architecture |
| Definition::) contains GDB's hard-coded knowledge about an |
| architecture. For some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible |
| knowledge about a specific instance of the architecture--for instance, |
| a processor or development board. "Target descriptions" provide a |
| mechanism for the user to tell GDB more about what their target |
| supports, or for the target to tell GDB directly. |
| |
| For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually |
| selecting target descriptions, see *note Target Descriptions: |
| (gdb)Target Descriptions. This section will cover some related topics |
| about the GDB internals. |
| |
| * Menu: |
| |
| * Target Descriptions Implementation:: |
| * Adding Target Described Register Support:: |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Target Descriptions Implementation, Next: Adding Target Described Register Support, Up: Target Descriptions |
| |
| 12.1 Target Descriptions Implementation |
| ======================================= |
| |
| Before GDB connects to a new target, or runs a new program on an |
| existing target, it discards any existing target description and |
| reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a |
| new target description by calling `target_find_description'. |
| |
| A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote |
| `qXfer:features:read' packet (also XML), or from any custom |
| `to_read_description' routine in the target vector. For instance, the |
| remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or |
| 64-bit based on the size of the `g' packet. |
| |
| If any target description is found, GDB creates a new gdbarch |
| incorporating the description by calling `gdbarch_update_p'. Any |
| `<architecture>' element is handled first, to determine which |
| architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the |
| new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has a |
| chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents of |
| the target description. For instance, it can recognize any properties |
| set by a `to_read_description' routine. Also see *note Adding Target |
| Described Register Support::. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Adding Target Described Register Support, Prev: Target Descriptions Implementation, Up: Target Descriptions |
| |
| 12.2 Adding Target Described Register Support |
| ============================================= |
| |
| Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an |
| instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture |
| specific routines to support this. |
| |
| A target description must either have no registers or a complete |
| set--this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers with |
| the target defined registers. It is the architecture's responsibility |
| to validate that a description with registers has everything it needs. |
| To keep architecture code simple, the same mechanism is used to assign |
| fixed internal register numbers to standard registers. |
| |
| If `tdesc_has_registers' returns 1, the description contains |
| registers. The architecture's `gdbarch_init' routine should: |
| |
| * Call `tdesc_data_alloc' to allocate storage, early, before |
| searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one. |
| |
| * Use `tdesc_find_feature' to locate standard features by name. |
| |
| * Use `tdesc_numbered_register' and `tdesc_numbered_register_choices' |
| to locate the expected registers in the standard features. |
| |
| * Return `NULL' if a required feature is missing, or if any standard |
| feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a |
| warning that the description was incomplete. |
| |
| * Free the allocated data before returning, unless |
| `tdesc_use_registers' is called. |
| |
| * Call `set_gdbarch_num_regs' as usual, with a number higher than any |
| fixed number passed to `tdesc_numbered_register'. |
| |
| * Call `tdesc_use_registers' after creating a new gdbarch, before |
| returning it. |
| |
| |
| After `tdesc_use_registers' has been called, the architecture's |
| `register_name', `register_type', and `register_reggroup_p' routines |
| will not be called; that information will be taken from the target |
| description. `num_regs' may be increased to account for any additional |
| registers in the description. |
| |
| Pseudo-registers require some extra care: |
| |
| * Using `tdesc_numbered_register' allows the architecture to give |
| constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g. |
| as an `enum' in `ARCH-tdep.h'. But because pseudo-registers are |
| always numbered above `num_regs', which may be increased by the |
| description, constant numbers can not be used for pseudos. They |
| must be numbered relative to `num_regs' instead. |
| |
| * The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the |
| architecture must call `set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name', |
| `set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type', and |
| `set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p' to supply routines |
| describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed |
| internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the |
| gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable. |
| |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Target Vector Definition, Next: Native Debugging, Prev: Target Descriptions, Up: Top |
| |
| 13 Target Vector Definition |
| *************************** |
| |
| The target vector defines the interface between GDB's abstract handling |
| of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that actually exercises |
| control over a process or a serial port. GDB includes some 30-40 |
| different target vectors; however, each configuration of GDB includes |
| only a few of them. |
| |
| * Menu: |
| |
| * Managing Execution State:: |
| * Existing Targets:: |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Managing Execution State, Next: Existing Targets, Up: Target Vector Definition |
| |
| 13.1 Managing Execution State |
| ============================= |
| |
| A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target |
| stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully |
| manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible |
| inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely |
| active, but some support persistent connections to a target even when |
| the target has exited or not yet started. |
| |
| For example, connecting to the simulator using `target sim' does not |
| create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are accessible |
| until `run'. Similarly, after `kill', the program can not continue |
| executing. But in both cases GDB remains connected to the simulator, |
| and target-specific commands are directed to the simulator. |
| |
| A target which only supports complete activation should push itself |
| onto the stack in its `to_open' routine (by calling `push_target'), and |
| unpush itself from the stack in its `to_mourn_inferior' routine (by |
| calling `unpush_target'). |
| |
| A target which supports both partial and complete activation should |
| still call `push_target' in `to_open', but not call `unpush_target' in |
| `to_mourn_inferior'. Instead, it should call either |
| `target_mark_running' or `target_mark_exited' in its `to_open', |
| depending on whether the target is fully active after connection. It |
| should also call `target_mark_running' any time the inferior becomes |
| fully active (e.g. in `to_create_inferior' and `to_attach'), and |
| `target_mark_exited' when the inferior becomes inactive (in |
| `to_mourn_inferior'). The target should also make sure to call |
| `target_mourn_inferior' from its `to_kill', to return the target to |
| inactive state. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Existing Targets, Prev: Managing Execution State, Up: Target Vector Definition |
| |
| 13.2 Existing Targets |
| ===================== |
| |
| 13.2.1 File Targets |
| ------------------- |
| |
| Both executables and core files have target vectors. |
| |
| 13.2.2 Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs |
| ----------------------------------------- |
| |
| GDB's file `remote.c' talks a serial protocol to code that runs in the |
| target system. GDB provides several sample "stubs" that can be |
| integrated into target programs or operating systems for this purpose; |
| they are named `CPU-stub.c'. Many operating systems, embedded targets, |
| emulators, and simulators already have a GDB stub built into them, and |
| maintenance of the remote protocol must be careful to preserve |
| compatibility. |
| |
| The GDB user's manual describes how to put such a stub into your |
| target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the SPARC |
| stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple |
| program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub. |
| |
| The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry |
| to `trap_low': |
| |
| 1. %l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the |
| trap; |
| |
| 2. traps are disabled; |
| |
| 3. you are in the correct trap window. |
| |
| As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then |
| there is no reason why you shouldn't be able to "share" traps with the |
| stub. The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from |
| the hardware trap vector. That is why it calls `exceptionHandler()', |
| which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could |
| set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub |
| first, and then transfers to its own trap handler. |
| |
| For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with |
| "sharing" traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel, |
| and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all |
| controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important |
| trap for us is for `ta 1'. Without that, we can't single step or do |
| breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation |
| of the debugger/stub. |
| |
| From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints |
| work. They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from GDB. |
| |
| 13.2.3 ROM Monitor Interface |
| ---------------------------- |
| |
| 13.2.4 Custom Protocols |
| ----------------------- |
| |
| 13.2.5 Transport Layer |
| ---------------------- |
| |
| 13.2.6 Builtin Simulator |
| ------------------------ |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Native Debugging, Next: Support Libraries, Prev: Target Vector Definition, Up: Top |
| |
| 14 Native Debugging |
| ******************* |
| |
| Several files control GDB's configuration for native support: |
| |
| `gdb/config/ARCH/XYZ.mh' |
| Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a _native_ configuration on |
| machine XYZ. In particular, this lists the required |
| native-dependent object files, by defining `NATDEPFILES=...'. |
| Also specifies the header file which describes native support on |
| XYZ, by defining `NAT_FILE= nm-XYZ.h'. You can also define |
| `NAT_CFLAGS', `NAT_ADD_FILES', `NAT_CLIBS', `NAT_CDEPS', |
| `NAT_GENERATED_FILES', etc.; see `Makefile.in'. |
| |
| _Maintainer's note: The `.mh' suffix is because this file |
| originally contained `Makefile' fragments for hosting GDB on |
| machine XYZ. While the file is no longer used for this purpose, |
| the `.mh' suffix remains. Perhaps someone will eventually rename |
| these fragments so that they have a `.mn' suffix._ |
| |
| `gdb/config/ARCH/nm-XYZ.h' |
| (`nm.h' is a link to this file, created by `configure'). Contains |
| C macro definitions describing the native system environment, such |
| as child process control and core file support. |
| |
| `gdb/XYZ-nat.c' |
| Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support |
| of this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all. |
| |
| There are some "generic" versions of routines that can be used by |
| various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros |
| defined in your `nm-XYZ.h' file. If these routines work for the XYZ |
| host, you can just include the generic file's name (with `.o', not |
| `.c') in `NATDEPFILES'. |
| |
| Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will |
| need to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic |
| file. Put them into `XYZ-nat.c', and put `XYZ-nat.o' into |
| `NATDEPFILES'. |
| |
| `inftarg.c' |
| This contains the _target_ops vector_ that supports Unix child |
| processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the |
| child. |
| |
| `procfs.c' |
| This contains the _target_ops vector_ that supports Unix child |
| processes on systems which use /proc to control the child. |
| |
| `fork-child.c' |
| This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a |
| "fork and exec" to start up a child process. |
| |
| `infptrace.c' |
| This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems |
| using the Unix `ptrace' call in a vanilla way. |
| |
| 14.1 ptrace |
| =========== |
| |
| 14.2 /proc |
| ========== |
| |
| 14.3 win32 |
| ========== |
| |
| 14.4 shared libraries |
| ===================== |
| |
| 14.5 Native Conditionals |
| ======================== |
| |
| When GDB is configured and compiled, various macros are defined or left |
| undefined, to control compilation when the host and target systems are |
| the same. These macros should be defined (or left undefined) in |
| `nm-SYSTEM.h'. |
| |
| `I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS' |
| An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 |
| watchpoint support; see *note I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS: |
| Algorithms. |
| |
| `SOLIB_ADD (FILENAME, FROM_TTY, TARG, READSYMS)' |
| Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the |
| symbols in FILENAME to be added to GDB's symbol table. If |
| READSYMS is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level |
| processing for FILENAME is still done. |
| |
| `SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK' |
| Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that |
| you want to be run just after the child process has been forked. |
| |
| `START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED' |
| When starting an inferior, GDB normally expects to trap twice; |
| once when the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. |
| If the actual number of traps is something other than 2, then |
| define this macro to expand into the number expected. |
| |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Support Libraries, Next: Coding Standards, Prev: Native Debugging, Up: Top |
| |
| 15 Support Libraries |
| ******************** |
| |
| 15.1 BFD |
| ======== |
| |
| BFD provides support for GDB in several ways: |
| |
| _identifying executable and core files_ |
| BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, |
| and several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core |
| files. |
| |
| _access to sections of files_ |
| BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual |
| addresses, sizes, and file locations of all the various named |
| sections in files (such as the text section or the data section). |
| GDB simply calls BFD to read or write section X at byte offset Y |
| for length Z. |
| |
| _specialized core file support_ |
| BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored |
| in a core file, the signal with which the program failed, and |
| whether a core file matches (i.e. could be a core dump of) a |
| particular executable file. |
| |
| _locating the symbol information_ |
| GDB uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find |
| the symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. GDB |
| itself handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not |
| "understand" debug symbols, but GDB uses BFD's cached information |
| to find the symbols, string table, etc. |
| |
| 15.2 opcodes |
| ============ |
| |
| The opcodes library provides GDB's disassembler. (It's a separate |
| library because it's also used in binutils, for `objdump'). |
| |
| 15.3 readline |
| ============= |
| |
| The `readline' library provides a set of functions for use by |
| applications that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed |
| in. |
| |
| 15.4 libiberty |
| ============== |
| |
| The `libiberty' library provides a set of functions and features that |
| integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating |
| systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three |
| groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some |
| environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing a |
| uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard |
| functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality |
| beyond standard functions). |
| |
| GDB uses various features provided by the `libiberty' library, for |
| instance the C++ demangler, the IEEE floating format support functions, |
| the input options parser `getopt', the `obstack' extension, and other |
| functions. |
| |
| 15.4.1 `obstacks' in GDB |
| ------------------------ |
| |
| The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free |
| chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed |
| like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are |
| allocated and freed in a LIFO fashion on an obstack (see `libiberty''s |
| documentation for a more detailed explanation of `obstacks'). |
| |
| The most noticeable use of the `obstacks' in GDB is in object files. |
| There is an obstack associated with each internal representation of an |
| object file. Lots of things get allocated on these `obstacks': |
| dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors, symbols, minimal symbols, |
| types, vectors of fundamental types, class fields of types, object |
| files section lists, object files section offset lists, line tables, |
| symbol tables, partial symbol tables, string tables, symbol table |
| private data, macros tables, debug information sections and entries, |
| import and export lists (som), unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 |
| location expressions data. Plus various strings such as directory |
| names strings, debug format strings, names of types. |
| |
| An essential and convenient property of all data on `obstacks' is |
| that memory for it gets allocated (with `obstack_alloc') at various |
| times during a debugging session, but it is released all at once using |
| the `obstack_free' function. The `obstack_free' function takes a |
| pointer to where in the stack it must start the deletion from (much |
| like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to start the cleanups). |
| Because of the stack like structure of the `obstacks', this allows to |
| free only a top portion of the obstack. There are a few instances in |
| GDB where such thing happens. Calls to `obstack_free' are done after |
| some local data is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is |
| deleted from the obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between |
| the `obstack_alloc' and the `obstack_free' allocates anything else on |
| the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to use |
| temporary `obstacks'. |
| |
| Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only |
| under the condition that we know the `obstacks' memory is no longer |
| needed. In GDB we get rid of the `obstacks' only when we get rid of |
| the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a new symbol file. |
| |
| 15.5 gnu-regex |
| ============== |
| |
| Regex conditionals. |
| |
| `C_ALLOCA' |
| |
| `NFAILURES' |
| |
| `RE_NREGS' |
| |
| `SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR' |
| |
| `SWITCH_ENUM_BUG' |
| |
| `SYNTAX_TABLE' |
| |
| `Sword' |
| |
| `sparc' |
| |
| 15.6 Array Containers |
| ===================== |
| |
| Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of |
| objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome |
| and repetitive. The `vec.h' file contains macros for defining and |
| using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be inlined |
| when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero. Domain |
| checks are added to detect programming errors. |
| |
| An example use would be an array of symbols or section information. |
| The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and |
| the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary |
| bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of |
| accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates, |
| but implemented in C. |
| |
| Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar |
| objects and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for |
| each of these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants |
| pass pointers to objects around -- in the former case the pointers are |
| stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are |
| dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar object |
| variant is suitable for `int'-like objects, and the vector elements are |
| returned by value. |
| |
| There are both `index' and `iterate' accessors. The iterator |
| returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration |
| variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined, |
| the address-of can be optimized away. |
| |
| The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they |
| are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object |
| itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type |
| -- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final |
| field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to |
| use the `embedded_size' & `embedded_init' calls to create such objects, |
| and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use the "safe" |
| allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used (rather than a |
| pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow `NULL' to also |
| represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy minimal space in the |
| structure containing them. |
| |
| Each operation that increases the number of active elements is |
| available in "quick" and "safe" variants. The former presumes that |
| there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed (it |
| dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if |
| needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size. |
| If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient |
| to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the |
| "quick" operation. This will ensure there are at least as many |
| elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are |
| too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots, |
| but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this |
| is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You |
| can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go. |
| |
| You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and |
| remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items |
| in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove |
| operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector. |
| There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element |
| ordering `ordered_remove', and one which does not `unordered_remove'. |
| The latter function copies the end element into the removed slot, |
| rather than invoke a memmove operation. The `lower_bound' function |
| will determine where to place an item in the array using insert that |
| will maintain sorted order. |
| |
| If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the `address' |
| accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the |
| `space' predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the |
| vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions. |
| |
| Vector types are defined using a `DEF_VEC_{O,P,I}(TYPENAME)' macro. |
| Variables of vector type are declared using a `VEC(TYPENAME)' macro. |
| The characters `O', `P' and `I' indicate whether TYPENAME is an object |
| (`O'), pointer (`P') or integral (`I') type. Be careful to pick the |
| correct one, as you'll get an awkward and inefficient API if you use |
| the wrong one. There is a check, which results in a compile-time |
| warning, for the `P' and `I' versions, but there is no check for the |
| `O' versions, as that is not possible in plain C. |
| |
| An example of their use would be, |
| |
| DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector. |
| |
| struct my_struct { |
| VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers. |
| }; |
| |
| struct my_struct *s; |
| |
| if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) { we have some contents } |
| VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end |
| for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++) |
| { do something with elt } |
| |
| The `vec.h' file provides details on how to invoke the various |
| accessors provided. They are enumerated here: |
| |
| `VEC_length' |
| Return the number of items in the array, |
| |
| `VEC_empty' |
| Return true if the array has no elements. |
| |
| `VEC_last' |
| `VEC_index' |
| Return the last or arbitrary item in the array. |
| |
| `VEC_iterate' |
| Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been |
| traversed. |
| |
| `VEC_alloc' |
| `VEC_free' |
| Create and destroy an array. |
| |
| `VEC_embedded_size' |
| `VEC_embedded_init' |
| Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another |
| struct. |
| |
| `VEC_copy' |
| Duplicate an array. |
| |
| `VEC_space' |
| Return the amount of free space in an array. |
| |
| `VEC_reserve' |
| Ensure a certain amount of free space. |
| |
| `VEC_quick_push' |
| `VEC_safe_push' |
| Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or |
| making sure that it is. |
| |
| `VEC_pop' |
| Remove the last item from an array. |
| |
| `VEC_truncate' |
| Remove several items from the end of an array. |
| |
| `VEC_safe_grow' |
| Add several items to the end of an array. |
| |
| `VEC_replace' |
| Overwrite an item in the array. |
| |
| `VEC_quick_insert' |
| `VEC_safe_insert' |
| Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must |
| already exist, or the space is created. |
| |
| `VEC_ordered_remove' |
| `VEC_unordered_remove' |
| Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not. |
| |
| `VEC_block_remove' |
| Remove a set of items from the array. |
| |
| `VEC_address' |
| Provide the address of the first element. |
| |
| `VEC_lower_bound' |
| Binary search the array. |
| |
| |
| 15.7 include |
| ============ |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Coding Standards, Next: Misc Guidelines, Prev: Support Libraries, Up: Top |
| |
| 16 Coding Standards |
| ******************* |
| |
| 16.1 GDB C Coding Standards |
| =========================== |
| |
| GDB follows the GNU coding standards, as described in |
| `etc/standards.texi'. This file is also available for anonymous FTP |
| from GNU archive sites. GDB takes a strict interpretation of the |
| standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice but |
| does not require it, GDB requires it. |
| |
| GDB follows an additional set of coding standards specific to GDB, |
| as described in the following sections. |
| |
| 16.1.1 ISO C |
| ------------ |
| |
| GDB assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a. ISO C90) compliant compiler. |
| |
| GDB does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library. |
| |
| 16.1.2 Formatting |
| ----------------- |
| |
| The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed |
| strictly. Any GDB-specific deviation from GNU recomendations is |
| described below. |
| |
| A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A |
| function definition should have its name in column zero. |
| |
| /* Declaration */ |
| static void foo (void); |
| /* Definition */ |
| void |
| foo (void) |
| { |
| } |
| |
| _Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can be |
| found using `^function-name'._ |
| |
| There must be a space between a function or macro name and the |
| opening parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, |
| as required by C). There must not be a space after an open |
| paren/bracket or before a close paren/bracket. |
| |
| While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not |
| use more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding |
| whitespace after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines |
| had whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes |
| difficulties for `diff' and `patch' utilities. |
| |
| Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style: |
| |
| void *foo; |
| |
| and not: |
| |
| void * foo; |
| void* foo; |
| |
| In addition, whitespace around casts and unary operators should |
| follow the following guidelines: |
| |
| Use... ...instead of |
| `!x' `! x' |
| `~x' `~ x' |
| `-x' `- x' (unary minus) |
| `(foo) x' `(foo)x' (cast) |
| `*x' `* x' (pointer dereference) |
| |
| Any two or more lines in code should be wrapped in braces, even if |
| they are comments, as they look like separate statements: |
| |
| if (i) |
| { |
| /* Return success. */ |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| and not: |
| |
| if (i) |
| /* Return success. */ |
| return 0; |
| |
| 16.1.3 Comments |
| --------------- |
| |
| The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly. |
| |
| Block comments must appear in the following form, with no `/*'- or |
| `*/'-only lines, and no leading `*': |
| |
| /* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior |
| gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of |
| returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When |
| this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left |
| stopped and GDB should read more commands. */ |
| |
| (Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a |
| multi-line comment works correctly, and `M-q' fills the block |
| consistently.) |
| |
| Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or |
| variable definitions, and the definition itself. |
| |
| In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather |
| than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a |
| line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer |
| than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow. |
| |
| 16.1.4 C Usage |
| -------------- |
| |
| Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the |
| host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order |
| of evaluation of expressions. |
| |
| Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound |
| areas in GDB that might be affected by the overhead of a function call, |
| mainly in symbol reading. Most of GDB's performance is limited by the |
| target interface (whether serial line or system call). |
| |
| However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line |
| functions are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line |
| function. |
| |
| _Macros are bad, M'kay._ (But if you have to use a macro, make sure |
| that the macro arguments are protected with parentheses.) |
| |
| Declarations like `struct foo *' should be used in preference to |
| declarations like `typedef struct foo { ... } *foo_ptr'. |
| |
| 16.1.5 Function Prototypes |
| -------------------------- |
| |
| Prototypes must be used when both _declaring_ and _defining_ a |
| function. Prototypes for GDB functions must include both the argument |
| type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual function |
| definition. |
| |
| All external functions should have a declaration in a header file |
| that callers include, except for `_initialize_*' functions, which must |
| be external so that `init.c' construction works, but shouldn't be |
| visible to random source files. |
| |
| Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function, |
| that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file. |
| |
| 16.1.6 File Names |
| ----------------- |
| |
| Any file used when building the core of GDB must be in lower case. Any |
| file used when building the core of GDB must be 8.3 unique. These |
| requirements apply to both source and generated files. |
| |
| _Pragmatics: The core of GDB must be buildable on many platforms |
| including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file is |
| introduced to the build process both `Makefile.in' and `configure.in' |
| need to be modified accordingly. Compare the convoluted conversion |
| process needed to transform `COPYING' into `copying.c' with the |
| conversion needed to transform `version.in' into `version.c'._ |
| |
| Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the |
| core of GDB) must be added to `gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst'. |
| |
| _Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise._ |
| |
| When GDB has a local version of a system header file (ex `string.h') |
| the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with `gdb_' |
| (`gdb_string.h'). These headers should be relatively independent: they |
| should use only macros defined by `configure', the compiler, or the |
| host; they should include only system headers; they should refer only |
| to system types. They may be shared between multiple programs, e.g. |
| GDB and GDBSERVER. |
| |
| For other files `-' is used as the separator. |
| |
| 16.1.7 Include Files |
| -------------------- |
| |
| A `.c' file should include `defs.h' first. |
| |
| A `.c' file should directly include the `.h' file of every |
| declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on |
| indirect inclusion. |
| |
| A `.h' file should directly include the `.h' file of every |
| declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on |
| indirect inclusion. Exception: The file `defs.h' does not need to be |
| directly included. |
| |
| An external declaration should only appear in one include file. |
| |
| An external declaration should never appear in a `.c' file. |
| Exception: a declaration for the `_initialize' function that pacifies |
| `-Wmissing-declaration'. |
| |
| A `typedef' definition should only appear in one include file. |
| |
| An opaque `struct' declaration can appear in multiple `.h' files. |
| Where possible, a `.h' file should use an opaque `struct' declaration |
| instead of an include. |
| |
| All `.h' files should be wrapped in: |
| |
| #ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H |
| #define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H |
| header body |
| #endif |
| |
| 16.2 GDB Python Coding Standards |
| ================================ |
| |
| GDB follows the published `Python' coding standards in `PEP008' |
| (http://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0008/). |
| |
| In addition, the guidelines in the Google Python Style Guide |
| (http://google-styleguide.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/pyguide.html) are |
| also followed where they do not conflict with `PEP008'. |
| |
| 16.2.1 GDB-specific exceptions |
| ------------------------------ |
| |
| There are a few exceptions to the published standards. They exist |
| mainly for consistency with the `C' standards. |
| |
| * Use `FIXME' instead of `TODO'. |
| |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Misc Guidelines, Next: Porting GDB, Prev: Coding Standards, Up: Top |
| |
| 17 Misc Guidelines |
| ****************** |
| |
| This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major |
| algorithms of GDB. |
| |
| 17.1 Cleanups |
| ============= |
| |
| Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done |
| later. |
| |
| When your code does something (e.g., `xmalloc' some memory, or |
| `open' a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., `xfree' the memory |
| or `close' the file), it can make a cleanup. The cleanup will be done |
| at some future point: when the command is finished and control returns |
| to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack is unwound; or |
| when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform cleanups. |
| Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you created. |
| |
| Syntax: |
| |
| `struct cleanup *OLD_CHAIN;' |
| Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle. |
| |
| `OLD_CHAIN = make_cleanup (FUNCTION, ARG);' |
| Make a cleanup which will cause FUNCTION to be called with ARG (a |
| `char *') later. The result, OLD_CHAIN, is a handle that can |
| later be passed to `do_cleanups' or `discard_cleanups'. Unless |
| you are going to call `do_cleanups' or `discard_cleanups', you can |
| ignore the result from `make_cleanup'. |
| |
| `do_cleanups (OLD_CHAIN);' |
| Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding |
| `make_cleanup' call was made. |
| |
| `discard_cleanups (OLD_CHAIN);' |
| Same as `do_cleanups' except that it just removes the cleanups from |
| the chain and does not call the specified functions. |
| |
| Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by |
| `make_cleanups' includes the cleanup passed to the call and any later |
| cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or performed). |
| E.g.: |
| |
| make_cleanup (a, 0); |
| { |
| struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0); |
| make_cleanup (c, 0) |
| ... |
| do_cleanups (old); |
| } |
| |
| will call `c()' and `b()' but will not call `a()'. The cleanup that |
| calls `a()' will remain in the cleanup chain, and will be done later |
| unless otherwise discarded. |
| |
| Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it |
| creates. Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since |
| the caller will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. |
| This need leads to two common cleanup styles. |
| |
| The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block |
| calls `do_cleanups' with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that |
| your code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the |
| following code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when `error' |
| is called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the |
| `xfree' will always be called: |
| |
| struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0); |
| data = xmalloc (sizeof blah); |
| make_cleanup (xfree, data); |
| ... blah blah ... |
| do_cleanups (old); |
| |
| The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block |
| calls `discard_cleanups' with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures |
| that any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the |
| following code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only |
| if there is an error: |
| |
| FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r"); |
| struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file); |
| ... blah blah ... |
| discard_cleanups (old); |
| return file; |
| |
| Some functions, e.g., `fputs_filtered()' or `error()', specify that |
| they "should not be called when cleanups are not in place". This means |
| that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or |
| interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these |
| functions, since they might never return to your code (they `longjmp' |
| instead). |
| |
| 17.2 Per-architecture module data |
| ================================= |
| |
| The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module |
| specific per-architecture data-pointers to the `struct gdbarch' |
| architecture object. |
| |
| A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using: |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: struct gdbarch_data * |
| gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *PRE_INIT) |
| PRE_INIT is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a |
| per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack |
| (passed in as a parameter). Since PRE_INIT can be called during |
| architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the |
| architecture. and must not call modules that use per-architecture |
| data. |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: struct gdbarch_data * |
| gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype |
| *POST_INIT) |
| POST_INIT is used to obtain an initial value for a |
| per-architecture data-pointer _after_. Since POST_INIT is always |
| called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully |
| initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use |
| per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those |
| other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will |
| create in cycles in the initialization call graph). |
| |
| These functions return a `struct gdbarch_data' that is used to |
| identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module. |
| |
| The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function: |
| |
| -- Architecture Function: void * gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch |
| *GDBARCH, struct gdbarch_data *DATA_HANDLE) |
| Given the architecture ARCH and module data handle DATA_HANDLE |
| (returned by `gdbarch_data_register_pre_init' or |
| `gdbarch_data_register_post_init'), this function returns the |
| current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data |
| pointer is `NULL', it is first initialized by calling the |
| corresponding PRE_INIT or POST_INIT method. |
| |
| The examples below assume the following definitions: |
| |
| struct nozel { int total; }; |
| static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle; |
| |
| A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional |
| per-architecture data, using the PRE_INIT method. The module's |
| per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture creation. |
| |
| In the below, the module's per-architecture _nozel_ is added. An |
| architecture can specify its nozel by calling `set_gdbarch_nozel' from |
| `gdbarch_init'. |
| |
| static void * |
| nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack) |
| { |
| struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel); |
| return data; |
| } |
| |
| extern void |
| set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total) |
| { |
| struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle); |
| data->total = nozel; |
| } |
| |
| A module can on-demand create architecture dependent data structures |
| using `post_init'. |
| |
| In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by |
| `nozel_post_init' using information obtained from the architecture. |
| |
| static void * |
| nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch) |
| { |
| struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel); |
| nozel->total = gdbarch... (gdbarch); |
| return data; |
| } |
| |
| extern int |
| nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch) |
| { |
| struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle); |
| return data->total; |
| } |
| |
| 17.3 Wrapping Output Lines |
| ========================== |
| |
| Output that goes through `printf_filtered' or `fputs_filtered' or |
| `fputs_demangled' needs only to have calls to `wrap_here' added in |
| places that would be good breaking points. The utility routines will |
| take care of actually wrapping if the line width is exceeded. |
| |
| The argument to `wrap_here' is an indentation string which is |
| printed _only_ if the line breaks there. This argument is saved away |
| and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to |
| `wrap_here' or until a newline has been printed through the |
| `*_filtered' functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then return! |
| |
| It is usually best to call `wrap_here' after printing a comma or |
| space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your |
| indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if |
| the line wraps there. |
| |
| Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must |
| finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching |
| to unfiltered (`printf') output. Symbol reading routines that print |
| warnings are a good example. |
| |
| 17.4 Memory Management |
| ====================== |
| |
| GDB does not use the functions `malloc', `realloc', `calloc', `free' |
| and `asprintf'. |
| |
| GDB uses the functions `xmalloc', `xrealloc' and `xcalloc' when |
| allocating memory. Unlike `malloc' et.al. these functions do not |
| return when the memory pool is empty. Instead, they unwind the stack |
| using cleanups. These functions return `NULL' when requested to |
| allocate a chunk of memory of size zero. |
| |
| _Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every |
| memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable |
| behavior._ |
| |
| GDB does not use the function `free'. |
| |
| GDB uses the function `xfree' to return memory to the memory pool. |
| Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to free a `NULL' |
| pointer. |
| |
| _Pragmatics: On some systems `free' fails when passed a `NULL' |
| pointer._ |
| |
| GDB can use the non-portable function `alloca' for the allocation of |
| small temporary values (such as strings). |
| |
| _Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems |
| restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes._ |
| |
| GDB uses the string function `xstrdup' and the print function |
| `xstrprintf'. |
| |
| _Pragmatics: `asprintf' and `strdup' can fail. Print functions such |
| as `sprintf' are very prone to buffer overflow errors._ |
| |
| 17.5 Compiler Warnings |
| ====================== |
| |
| With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option |
| `--disable-werror' when building GDB. The exceptions are listed in the |
| file `gdb/MAINTAINERS'. The default, when building with GCC, is |
| `--enable-werror'. |
| |
| This option causes GDB (when built using GCC) to be compiled with a |
| carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings from |
| those flags are treated as errors. |
| |
| The current list of warning flags includes: |
| |
| `-Wall' |
| Recommended GCC warnings. |
| |
| `-Wdeclaration-after-statement' |
| GCC 3.x (and later) and C99 allow declarations mixed with code, |
| but GCC 2.x and C89 do not. |
| |
| `-Wpointer-arith' |
| |
| `-Wformat-nonliteral' |
| Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they |
| might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers. Since |
| GDB uses the `format printf' attribute on all `printf' like |
| functions this checks not just `printf' calls but also calls to |
| functions such as `fprintf_unfiltered'. |
| |
| `-Wno-pointer-sign' |
| In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or |
| assignment even when the source and destination differed only in |
| signedness. However, most GDB code doesn't distinguish carefully |
| between `char' and `unsigned char'. In early 2006 the GDB |
| developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't worth the time |
| it would take. |
| |
| `-Wno-unused-parameter' |
| Due to the way that GDB is implemented many functions have unused |
| parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro |
| `ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED' is not used as it leads to false negatives -- |
| it is not an error to have `ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED' on a parameter that |
| is being used. |
| |
| `-Wno-unused' |
| `-Wno-switch' |
| `-Wno-char-subscripts' |
| These are warnings which might be useful for GDB, but are |
| currently too noisy to enable with `-Werror'. |
| |
| |
| 17.6 Internal Error Recovery |
| ============================ |
| |
| During its execution, GDB can encounter two types of errors. User |
| errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user |
| entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt |
| object files and system errors when interacting with the target. |
| Internal errors include situations where GDB has detected, at run time, |
| a corrupt or erroneous situation. |
| |
| When reporting an internal error, GDB uses `internal_error' and |
| `gdb_assert'. |
| |
| GDB must not call `abort' or `assert'. |
| |
| _Pragmatics: There is no `internal_warning' function. Either the |
| code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a `warning' or |
| the code failed to correctly recover from the user error and issued an |
| `internal_error'._ |
| |
| 17.7 Command Names |
| ================== |
| |
| GDB U/I commands are written `foo-bar', not `foo_bar'. |
| |
| 17.8 Clean Design and Portable Implementation |
| ============================================= |
| |
| In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of |
| semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in GDB because long |
| experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of |
| trouble. |
| |
| You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target |
| (including VALUEs, object files, and instructions). Such things must |
| be byte-swapped using `SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST' in GDB, or one of the swap |
| routines defined in `bfd.h', such as `bfd_get_32'. |
| |
| You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk |
| to the target system. All references to the target must go through the |
| current `target_ops' vector. |
| |
| You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same |
| machine (except in the "native" support modules). In particular, you |
| can't assume that the target machine's header files will be available |
| on the host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files |
| - written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid |
| copyright problems. |
| |
| Insertion of new `#ifdef''s will be frowned upon. It's much better |
| to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various |
| systems. |
| |
| New `#ifdef''s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers or |
| operating systems are unacceptable. All `#ifdef''s should test for |
| features. The information about which configurations contain which |
| features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience |
| has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system |
| often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some |
| predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over |
| time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently |
| with regard to this feature. |
| |
| Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems, |
| target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code. |
| |
| One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to |
| creep in is handling of file names. The mainline GDB code assumes |
| Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with a forward |
| slash `/', slashes are used to separate leading directories, |
| case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not necessarily true |
| on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid system-dependent |
| code where you need to take apart or construct a file name, use the |
| following portable macros: |
| |
| `HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM' |
| This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts |
| whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this |
| symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for |
| such hosts. |
| |
| `IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (C)' |
| Evaluates to a non-zero value if C is a directory separator |
| character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash `/' is |
| such a character, but on Windows, both `/' and `\' will pass. |
| |
| `IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (FILE)' |
| Evaluates to a non-zero value if FILE is an absolute file name. |
| For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash `/' |
| is absolute. On DOS and Windows, `d:/foo' and `x:\bar' are also |
| absolute file names. |
| |
| `FILENAME_CMP (F1, F2)' |
| Calls a function which compares file names F1 and F2 as |
| appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems, |
| this simply calls `strcmp'; on case-insensitive filesystems it |
| will call `strcasecmp' instead. |
| |
| `DIRNAME_SEPARATOR' |
| Evaluates to a character which separates directories in |
| `PATH'-style lists, typically held in environment variables. This |
| character is `:' on Unix, `;' on DOS and Windows. |
| |
| `SLASH_STRING' |
| This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an |
| absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename. |
| `SLASH_STRING' is `"/"' on most systems, but might be `"\\"' for |
| some Windows-based ports. |
| |
| In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library |
| functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a |
| basename part from a file name, use the `dirname' and `basename' |
| library functions (available in `libiberty' for platforms which don't |
| provide them), instead of searching for a slash with `strrchr'. |
| |
| Another way to generalize GDB along a particular interface is with an |
| attribute struct. For example, GDB has been generalized to handle |
| multiple kinds of remote interfaces--not by `#ifdef's everywhere, but |
| by defining the `target_ops' structure and having a current target (as |
| well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever |
| something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are |
| using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g., |
| `target_has_stack'), or a function is called through a pointer in the |
| current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface |
| is added, only one module needs to be touched--the one that actually |
| implements the new remote interface. Other examples of |
| attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file |
| formats, or GDB's access to multiple source languages. |
| |
| Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in GDB 3.x all the code |
| interfacing between `ptrace' and the rest of GDB was duplicated in |
| `*-dep.c', and so changing something was very painful. In GDB 4.x, |
| these have all been consolidated into `infptrace.c'. `infptrace.c' can |
| deal with variations between systems the same way any system-independent |
| file would (hooks, `#if defined', etc.), and machines which are |
| radically different don't need to use `infptrace.c' at all. |
| |
| All debugging code must be controllable using the `set debug MODULE' |
| command. Do not use `printf' to print trace messages. Use |
| `fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...'. Do not use `#ifdef DEBUG'. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Porting GDB, Next: Versions and Branches, Prev: Misc Guidelines, Up: Top |
| |
| 18 Porting GDB |
| ************** |
| |
| Most of the work in making GDB compile on a new machine is in |
| specifying the configuration of the machine. Porting a new |
| architecture to GDB can be broken into a number of steps. |
| |
| * Ensure a BFD exists for executables of the target architecture in |
| the `bfd' directory. If one does not exist, create one by |
| modifying an existing similar one. |
| |
| * Implement a disassembler for the target architecture in the |
| `opcodes' directory. |
| |
| * Define the target architecture in the `gdb' directory (*note |
| Adding a New Target: Adding a New Target.). Add the pattern for |
| the new target to `configure.tgt' with the names of the files that |
| contain the code. By convention the target architecture |
| definition for an architecture ARCH is placed in `ARCH-tdep.c'. |
| |
| Within `ARCH-tdep.c' define the function `_initialize_ARCH_tdep' |
| which calls `gdbarch_register' to create the new `struct gdbarch' |
| for the architecture. |
| |
| * If a new remote target is needed, consider adding a new remote |
| target by defining a function `_initialize_remote_ARCH'. However |
| if at all possible use the GDB _Remote Serial Protocol_ for this |
| and implement the server side protocol independently with the |
| target. |
| |
| * If desired implement a simulator in the `sim' directory. This |
| should create the library `libsim.a' implementing the interface in |
| `remote-sim.h' (found in the `include' directory). |
| |
| * Build and test. If desired, lobby the GDB steering group to have |
| the new port included in the main distribution! |
| |
| * Add a description of the new architecture to the main GDB user |
| guide (*note Configuration Specific Information: |
| (gdb)Configuration Specific Information.). |
| |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Versions and Branches, Next: Start of New Year Procedure, Prev: Porting GDB, Up: Top |
| |
| 19 Versions and Branches |
| ************************ |
| |
| 19.1 Versions |
| ============= |
| |
| GDB's version is determined by the file `gdb/version.in' and takes one |
| of the following forms: |
| |
| MAJOR.MINOR |
| MAJOR.MINOR.PATCHLEVEL |
| an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1) |
| |
| MAJOR.MINOR.PATCHLEVEL.YYYYMMDD |
| a snapshot taken at YYYY-MM-DD-gmt (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302, |
| 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308) |
| |
| MAJOR.MINOR.PATCHLEVEL.YYYYMMDD-cvs |
| a CVS check out drawn on YYYY-MM-DD (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302-cvs, |
| 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs) |
| |
| MAJOR.MINOR.PATCHLEVEL.YYYYMMDD (VENDOR) |
| a vendor specific release of GDB, that while based on |
| MAJOR.MINOR.PATCHLEVEL.YYYYMMDD, may include additional changes |
| |
| GDB's mainline uses the MAJOR and MINOR version numbers from the |
| most recent release branch, with a PATCHLEVEL of 50. At the time each |
| new release branch is created, the mainline's MAJOR and MINOR version |
| numbers are updated. |
| |
| GDB's release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the |
| PATCHLEVEL is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are drawn from |
| the branch, the PATCHLEVEL is incremented. Once the first release |
| (MAJOR.MINOR) has been made, the PATCHLEVEL is set to 0 and updates |
| have an incremented PATCHLEVEL. |
| |
| For snapshots, and CVS check outs, it is also possible to identify |
| the CVS origin: |
| |
| MAJOR.MINOR.50.YYYYMMDD |
| drawn from the HEAD of mainline CVS (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302) |
| |
| MAJOR.MINOR.90.YYYYMMDD |
| MAJOR.MINOR.91.YYYYMMDD ... |
| drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g., |
| 6.1.90.20020304) |
| |
| MAJOR.MINOR.0.YYYYMMDD |
| MAJOR.MINOR.1.YYYYMMDD ... |
| drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., |
| 6.2.0.20020308) |
| |
| If the previous GDB version is 6.1 and the current version is 6.2, |
| then, substituting 6 for MAJOR and 1 or 2 for MINOR, here's an |
| illustration of a typical sequence: |
| |
| <HEAD> |
| | |
| 6.1.50.20020302-cvs |
| | |
| +--------------------------. |
| | <gdb_6_2-branch> |
| | | |
| 6.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1) |
| | | |
| 6.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs |
| | | |
| 6.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2) |
| | | |
| 6.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs |
| | | |
| 6.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release) |
| | | |
| 6.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs |
| | | |
| 6.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update) |
| | | |
| 6.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed> |
| | |
| 6.2.50.20020311-cvs |
| | |
| +--------------------------. |
| | <gdb_6_3-branch> |
| | | |
| 6.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1) |
| | | |
| |
| 19.2 Release Branches |
| ===================== |
| |
| GDB draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, ...) from a single release |
| branch, and identifies that branch using the CVS branch tags: |
| |
| gdb_MAJOR_MINOR-YYYYMMDD-branchpoint |
| gdb_MAJOR_MINOR-branch |
| gdb_MAJOR_MINOR-YYYYMMDD-release |
| |
| _Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or release |
| is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the date that |
| they are cut (YYYYMMDD) in the tag. The branch tag, denoting the head |
| of the branch, does not need this._ |
| |
| 19.3 Vendor Branches |
| ==================== |
| |
| To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file |
| `gdb/version.in' to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier (an |
| official GDB release never uses alphabetic characters in its version |
| identifier). E.g., `6.2widgit2', or `6.2 (Widgit Inc Patch 2)'. |
| |
| 19.4 Experimental Branches |
| ========================== |
| |
| 19.4.1 Guidelines |
| ----------------- |
| |
| GDB permits the creation of branches, cut from the CVS repository, for |
| experimental development. Branches make it possible for developers to |
| share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine significant new |
| developments. |
| |
| The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches: |
| |
| _a branch has an owner_ |
| The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change |
| the ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for |
| commits (be it adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit). |
| |
| _all commits are posted_ |
| All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to the GDB |
| patches mailing list <gdb-patches@sourceware.org>. While |
| commentary on such changes are encouraged, people should remember |
| that the changes only apply to a branch. |
| |
| _all commits are covered by an assignment_ |
| This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software |
| Foundation, and avoids the possibility that the branch may become |
| contaminated. |
| |
| _a branch is focused_ |
| A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not |
| contain unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where |
| identified, being be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible. |
| |
| _a branch tracks mainline_ |
| This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps |
| the pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into |
| the mainline. |
| |
| _a branch shall contain the entire GDB module_ |
| The GDB module `gdb' should be specified when creating a branch |
| (branches of individual files should be avoided). *Note Tags::. |
| |
| _a branch shall be branded using `version.in'_ |
| The file `gdb/version.in' shall be modified so that it identifies |
| the branch OWNER and branch NAME, e.g., |
| `6.2.50.20030303_owner_name' or `6.2 (Owner Name)'. |
| |
| |
| 19.4.2 Tags |
| ----------- |
| |
| To simplify the identification of GDB branches, the following branch |
| tagging convention is strongly recommended: |
| |
| `OWNER_NAME-YYYYMMDD-branchpoint' |
| `OWNER_NAME-YYYYMMDD-branch' |
| The branch point and corresponding branch tag. YYYYMMDD is the |
| date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the |
| sequence: |
| cvs rtag OWNER_NAME-YYYYMMDD-branchpoint gdb |
| cvs rtag -b -r OWNER_NAME-YYYYMMDD-branchpoint \ |
| OWNER_NAME-YYYYMMDD-branch gdb |
| |
| `OWNER_NAME-YYYYMMDD-mergepoint' |
| The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the |
| branch on YYYYMMDD. To merge in all changes since the branch was |
| cut, use a command sequence like: |
| cvs rtag OWNER_NAME-YYYYMMDD-mergepoint gdb |
| cvs update \ |
| -jOWNER_NAME-YYYYMMDD-branchpoint |
| -jOWNER_NAME-YYYYMMDD-mergepoint |
| Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the |
| last merge. |
| |
| |
| For further information on CVS, see Concurrent Versions System |
| (http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/). |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Start of New Year Procedure, Next: Releasing GDB, Prev: Versions and Branches, Up: Top |
| |
| 20 Start of New Year Procedure |
| ****************************** |
| |
| At the start of each new year, the following actions should be |
| performed: |
| |
| * Rotate the ChangeLog file |
| |
| The current `ChangeLog' file should be renamed into |
| `ChangeLog-YYYY' where YYYY is the year that has just passed. A |
| new `ChangeLog' file should be created, and its contents should |
| contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following |
| should also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order |
| to provide the appropriate settings when editing this file with |
| Emacs: |
| Local Variables: |
| mode: change-log |
| left-margin: 8 |
| fill-column: 74 |
| version-control: never |
| coding: utf-8 |
| End: |
| |
| * Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file |
| (`ChangeLog-YYYY') in `gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst'. |
| |
| * Update the copyright year in the startup message |
| |
| Update the copyright year in: |
| * file `top.c', function `print_gdb_version' |
| |
| * file `gdbserver/server.c', function `gdbserver_version' |
| |
| * file `gdbserver/gdbreplay.c', function `gdbreplay_version' |
| |
| * Run the `copyright.py' Python script to add the new year in the |
| copyright notices of most source files. This script has been |
| tested with Python 2.6 and 2.7. |
| |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Releasing GDB, Next: Testsuite, Prev: Start of New Year Procedure, Up: Top |
| |
| 21 Releasing GDB |
| **************** |
| |
| 21.1 Branch Commit Policy |
| ========================= |
| |
| The branch commit policy is pretty slack. GDB releases 5.0, 5.1 and |
| 5.2 all used the below: |
| |
| * The `gdb/MAINTAINERS' file still holds. |
| |
| * Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in |
| the trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the |
| `gdb/PROBLEMS' file is better than committing a hack. |
| |
| * When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria |
| include: Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence `break |
| main; run' when debugging a static binary? |
| |
| * The further a change is from the core of GDB, the less likely the |
| change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code). |
| |
| * Only post a proposal to change the core of GDB after you've sent |
| individual bribes to all the people listed in the `MAINTAINERS' |
| file ;-) |
| |
| _Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core |
| functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal. |
| This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within |
| reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable._ |
| |
| 21.2 Obsoleting code |
| ==================== |
| |
| Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source |
| code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from GDB (an old |
| target, an unused file). |
| |
| Obsolete code is identified by adding an `OBSOLETE' prefix to every |
| line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has |
| been obsoleted when greping through the sources. |
| |
| The process is done in stages -- this is mainly to ensure that the |
| wider GDB community has a reasonable opportunity to respond. Remember, |
| everything on the Internet takes a week. |
| |
| 1. Post the proposal on the GDB mailing list <gdb@sourceware.org> |
| Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly |
| recommended. |
| |
| 2. Wait a week or so. |
| |
| 3. Post the proposal on the GDB Announcement mailing list |
| <gdb-announce@sourceware.org>. |
| |
| 4. Wait a week or so. |
| |
| 5. Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are |
| prefixed with the word `OBSOLETE'. |
| |
| 6. Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, |
| has been released. |
| |
| 7. Remove the obsolete code. |
| |
| _Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is |
| hopefully better for GDB's long term development. Firstly it helps the |
| developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant or simply |
| wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with the file |
| (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer hand |
| when it comes to fixing broken files._ |
| |
| 21.3 Before the Branch |
| ====================== |
| |
| The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple |
| changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For |
| instance, configuration problems that stop GDB from even building. If |
| you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the `gdb/PROBLEMS' file. |
| |
| Prompt for `gdb/NEWS' |
| --------------------- |
| |
| People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know |
| something interesting happened add it yourself. The `schedule' script |
| will mention this in its e-mail. |
| |
| Review `gdb/README' |
| ------------------- |
| |
| Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the |
| `gdb/README' looking for anything that can be improved. The `schedule' |
| script will mention this in its e-mail. |
| |
| Refresh any imported files. |
| --------------------------- |
| |
| A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include: |
| |
| * `texinfo/texinfo.tex' |
| |
| * `config.guess' et. al. (see the top-level `MAINTAINERS' file) |
| |
| * `etc/standards.texi', `etc/make-stds.texi' |
| |
| Check the ARI |
| ------------- |
| |
| A.R.I. is an `awk' script (Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a |
| number of errors and coding conventions. The checks include things |
| like using `malloc' instead of `xmalloc' and file naming problems. |
| There shouldn't be any regressions. |
| |
| 21.3.1 Review the bug data base |
| ------------------------------- |
| |
| Close anything obviously fixed. |
| |
| 21.3.2 Check all cross targets build |
| ------------------------------------ |
| |
| The targets are listed in `gdb/MAINTAINERS'. |
| |
| 21.4 Cut the Branch |
| =================== |
| |
| Create the branch |
| ----------------- |
| |
| $ u=5.1 |
| $ v=5.2 |
| $ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'` |
| $ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d` |
| $ echo $u $V $D |
| 5.1 5_2 2002-03-03 |
| $ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \ |
| -D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight |
| cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag |
| -D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight |
| $ ^echo ^^ |
| ... |
| $ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \ |
| -b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight |
| cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \ |
| -b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight |
| $ ^echo ^^ |
| ... |
| $ |
| |
| * By using `-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt', the branch is forced to an exact |
| date/time. |
| |
| * The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be |
| found. |
| |
| * Insight, which includes GDB, is tagged at the same time. |
| |
| * `version.in' gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts. |
| |
| * The reading of `.cvsrc' is disabled using `-f'. |
| |
| Update `version.in' |
| ------------------- |
| |
| $ u=5.1 |
| $ v=5.2 |
| $ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'` |
| $ echo $u $v$V |
| 5.1 5_2 |
| $ cd /tmp |
| $ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co \ |
| -r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in |
| cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co |
| -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in |
| $ ^echo ^^ |
| U src/gdb/version.in |
| $ cd src/gdb |
| $ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in |
| $ cat version.in |
| 5.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs |
| $ cvs -f commit version.in |
| |
| * `0000-00-00' is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update |
| mechanism. |
| |
| * `.90' and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary |
| initial branch version number. |
| |
| Update the web and news pages |
| ----------------------------- |
| |
| Something? |
| |
| Tweak cron to track the new branch |
| ---------------------------------- |
| |
| The file `gdbadmin/cron/crontab' contains gdbadmin's cron table. This |
| file needs to be updated so that: |
| |
| * A daily timestamp is added to the file `version.in'. |
| |
| * The new branch is included in the snapshot process. |
| |
| See the file `gdbadmin/cron/README' for how to install the updated cron |
| table. |
| |
| The file `gdbadmin/ss/README' should also be reviewed to reflect any |
| changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/ snapshot |
| directories. |
| |
| Update the NEWS and README files |
| -------------------------------- |
| |
| The `NEWS' file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers to |
| _changes in the current release_ while on the trunk it also refers to |
| _changes since the current release_. |
| |
| The `README' file needs to be updated so that it refers to the |
| current release. |
| |
| Post the branch info |
| -------------------- |
| |
| Send an announcement to the mailing lists: |
| |
| * GDB Announcement mailing list <gdb-announce@sourceware.org> |
| |
| * GDB Discussion mailing list <gdb@sourceware.org> and GDB Testers |
| mailing list <gdb-testers@sourceware.org> |
| |
| _Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to |
| ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion |
| list are alerted._ |
| |
| The announcement should include: |
| |
| * The branch tag. |
| |
| * How to check out the branch using CVS. |
| |
| * The date/number of weeks until the release. |
| |
| * The branch commit policy still holds. |
| |
| 21.5 Stabilize the branch |
| ========================= |
| |
| Something goes here. |
| |
| 21.6 Create a Release |
| ===================== |
| |
| The process of creating and then making available a release is broken |
| down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical |
| process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the |
| process of releasing that tar ball. |
| |
| When making a release candidate just the first section is needed. |
| |
| 21.6.1 Create a release candidate |
| --------------------------------- |
| |
| The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be |
| made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release |
| candidate). |
| |
| Freeze the branch |
| ................. |
| |
| Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to |
| <gdb-patches@sourceware.org>. |
| |
| Establish a few defaults. |
| ......................... |
| |
| $ b=gdb_5_2-branch |
| $ v=5.2 |
| $ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp |
| $ echo $t/$b/$v |
| /sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2 |
| $ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v |
| $ cd $t/$b/$v |
| $ pwd |
| /sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2 |
| $ which autoconf |
| /home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf |
| $ |
| |
| Notes: |
| |
| * Check the `autoconf' version carefully. You want to be using the |
| version documented in the toplevel `README-maintainer-mode' file. |
| It is very unlikely that the version of `autoconf' installed in |
| system directories (e.g., `/usr/bin/autoconf') is correct. |
| |
| Check out the relevant modules: |
| ............................... |
| |
| $ for m in gdb insight |
| do |
| ( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m ) |
| done |
| $ |
| |
| Note: |
| |
| * The reading of `.cvsrc' is disabled (`-f') so that there isn't any |
| confusion between what is written here and what your local `cvs' |
| really does. |
| |
| Update relevant files. |
| ...................... |
| |
| `gdb/NEWS' |
| Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. |
| Minor releases should probably mention any significant bugs that |
| were fixed. |
| |
| Don't forget to include the `ChangeLog' entry. |
| |
| $ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS |
| ... |
| c-x 4 a |
| ... |
| c-x c-s c-x c-c |
| $ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS |
| $ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog |
| |
| `gdb/README' |
| You'll need to update: |
| |
| * The version. |
| |
| * The update date. |
| |
| * Who did it. |
| |
| $ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README |
| ... |
| c-x 4 a |
| ... |
| c-x c-s c-x c-c |
| $ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README |
| $ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog |
| |
| _Maintainer note: Hopefully the `README' file was reviewed before |
| the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed |
| to get it updated._ |
| |
| _Maintainer note: Other projects generate `README' and `INSTALL' |
| from the core documentation. This might be worth pursuing._ |
| |
| `gdb/version.in' |
| $ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in |
| $ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in |
| 5.2 |
| $ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in |
| ... |
| c-x 4 a |
| ... Bump to version ... |
| c-x c-s c-x c-c |
| $ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in |
| $ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog |
| |
| |
| Do the dirty work |
| ................. |
| |
| This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot. |
| |
| $ for m in gdb insight |
| do |
| ( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar ) |
| done |
| |
| If the top level source directory does not have `src-release' (GDB |
| version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead: |
| |
| $ for m in gdb insight |
| do |
| ( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar ) |
| done |
| |
| Check the source files |
| ...................... |
| |
| You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared. |
| `distclean' has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out |
| for the `version.in' update `cronjob'. |
| |
| $ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update ) |
| M djunpack.bat |
| ? gdb-5.1.91.tar |
| ? proto-toplev |
| ... lots of generated files ... |
| M gdb/ChangeLog |
| M gdb/NEWS |
| M gdb/README |
| M gdb/version.in |
| ... lots of generated files ... |
| $ |
| |
| _Don't worry about the `gdb.info-??' or `gdb/p-exp.tab.c'. They were |
| generated (and yes `gdb.info-1' was also generated only something |
| strange with CVS means that they didn't get suppressed). Fixing it |
| would be nice though._ |
| |
| Create compressed versions of the release |
| ......................................... |
| |
| $ cp */src/*.tar . |
| $ cp */src/*.bz2 . |
| $ ls -F |
| gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar |
| $ for m in gdb insight |
| do |
| bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2 |
| gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz |
| done |
| $ |
| |
| Note: |
| |
| * A pipe such as `bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz' is not since, |
| in that mode, `gzip' does not know the name of the file and, hence, |
| can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the |
| release process runs `tar' and `bzip2' as separate passes. |
| |
| 21.6.2 Sanity check the tar ball |
| -------------------------------- |
| |
| Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that. |
| |
| $ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf - |
| $ cd gdb-5.2 |
| $ ./configure |
| $ make |
| ... |
| $ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb |
| GNU gdb 5.2 |
| ... |
| (gdb) b main |
| Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734. |
| (gdb) run |
| Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb |
| |
| Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734 |
| 734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL); |
| (gdb) print args |
| $1 = {argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0} |
| (gdb) |
| |
| 21.6.3 Make a release candidate available |
| ----------------------------------------- |
| |
| If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are: |
| |
| 1. Commit `version.in' and `ChangeLog' |
| |
| 2. Tweak `version.in' (and `ChangeLog' to read L.M.N-0000-00-00-cvs |
| so that the version update process can restart. |
| |
| 3. Make the release candidate available in |
| `ftp://sourceware.org/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch' |
| |
| 4. Notify the relevant mailing lists ( <gdb@sourceware.org> and |
| <gdb-testers@sourceware.org> that the candidate is available. |
| |
| 21.6.4 Make a formal release available |
| -------------------------------------- |
| |
| (And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.) |
| |
| Install on sware |
| ................ |
| |
| Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory: |
| |
| $ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/ |
| $ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases |
| |
| Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases |
| are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1): |
| |
| $ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases |
| $ rm ... |
| |
| Update the file `README' and `.message' in the releases directory: |
| |
| $ vi README |
| ... |
| $ rm -f .message |
| $ ln README .message |
| |
| Update the web pages. |
| ..................... |
| |
| `htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT' |
| This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes: |
| * General announcement. |
| |
| * News. If making an M.N.1 release, retain the news from |
| earlier M.N release. |
| |
| * Errata. |
| |
| `htdocs/index.html' |
| `htdocs/news/index.html' |
| `htdocs/download/index.html' |
| These files include: |
| * Announcement of the most recent release. |
| |
| * News entry (remember to update both the top level and the |
| news directory). |
| These pages also need to be regenerate using `index.sh'. |
| |
| `download/onlinedocs/' |
| You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the |
| online docs from the `.tar.bz2'. The best way is to look in the |
| output from one of the nightly `cron' jobs and then just edit |
| accordingly. Something like: |
| |
| $ ~/ss/update-web-docs \ |
| ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \ |
| $PWD/www \ |
| /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \ |
| gdb |
| |
| `download/ari/' |
| Just like the online documentation. Something like: |
| |
| $ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \ |
| ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \ |
| $PWD/www \ |
| /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \ |
| gdb |
| |
| |
| Shadow the pages onto gnu |
| ......................... |
| |
| Something goes here. |
| |
| Install the GDB tar ball on GNU |
| ............................... |
| |
| At the time of writing, the GNU machine was `gnudist.gnu.org' in |
| `~ftp/gnu/gdb'. |
| |
| Make the `ANNOUNCEMENT' |
| ....................... |
| |
| Post the `ANNOUNCEMENT' file you created above to: |
| |
| * GDB Announcement mailing list <gdb-announce@sourceware.org> |
| |
| * General GNU Announcement list <info-gnu@gnu.org> (but delay it a |
| day or so to let things get out) |
| |
| * GDB Bug Report mailing list <bug-gdb@gnu.org> |
| |
| 21.6.5 Cleanup |
| -------------- |
| |
| The release is out but you're still not finished. |
| |
| Commit outstanding changes |
| .......................... |
| |
| In particular you'll need to commit any changes to: |
| |
| * `gdb/ChangeLog' |
| |
| * `gdb/version.in' |
| |
| * `gdb/NEWS' |
| |
| * `gdb/README' |
| |
| Tag the release |
| ............... |
| |
| Something like: |
| |
| $ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d` |
| $ echo $d |
| 2002-01-24 |
| $ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update ) |
| $ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release ) |
| |
| Insight is used since that contains more of the release than GDB. |
| |
| Mention the release on the trunk |
| ................................ |
| |
| Just put something in the `ChangeLog' so that the trunk also indicates |
| when the release was made. |
| |
| Restart `gdb/version.in' |
| ........................ |
| |
| If `gdb/version.in' does not contain an ISO date such as `2002-01-24' |
| then the daily `cronjob' won't update it. Having committed all the |
| release changes it can be set to `5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs' which will |
| restart things (yes the `_' is important - it affects the snapshot |
| process). |
| |
| Don't forget the `ChangeLog'. |
| |
| Merge into trunk |
| ................ |
| |
| The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the |
| trunk. |
| |
| Revise the release schedule |
| ........................... |
| |
| Post a revised release schedule to GDB Discussion List |
| <gdb@sourceware.org> with an updated announcement. The schedule can be |
| generated by running: |
| |
| $ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule |
| |
| The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch) |
| of the most recent release. |
| |
| Also update the schedule `cronjob'. |
| |
| 21.7 Post release |
| ================= |
| |
| Remove any `OBSOLETE' code. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Testsuite, Next: Hints, Prev: Releasing GDB, Up: Top |
| |
| 22 Testsuite |
| ************ |
| |
| The testsuite is an important component of the GDB package. While it |
| is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice this is |
| rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of the |
| available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change to |
| cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time. |
| |
| The GDB testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The tests |
| themselves are calls to various `Tcl' procs; the framework runs all the |
| procs and summarizes the passes and fails. |
| |
| 22.1 Using the Testsuite |
| ======================== |
| |
| To run the testsuite, simply go to the GDB object directory (or to the |
| testsuite's objdir) and type `make check'. This just sets up some |
| environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's `runtest' script. While |
| the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in |
| use, and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the |
| testsuite is finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this: |
| |
| === gdb Summary === |
| |
| # of expected passes 6016 |
| # of unexpected failures 58 |
| # of unexpected successes 5 |
| # of expected failures 183 |
| # of unresolved testcases 3 |
| # of untested testcases 5 |
| |
| To run a specific test script, type: |
| make check RUNTESTFLAGS='TESTS' |
| where TESTS is a list of test script file names, separated by spaces. |
| |
| If you use GNU make, you can use its `-j' option to run the |
| testsuite in parallel. This can greatly reduce the amount of time it |
| takes for the testsuite to run. In this case, if you set |
| `RUNTESTFLAGS' then, by default, the tests will be run serially even |
| under `-j'. You can override this and force a parallel run by setting |
| the `make' variable `FORCE_PARALLEL' to any non-empty value. Note that |
| the parallel `make check' assumes that you want to run the entire |
| testsuite, so it is not compatible with some dejagnu options, like |
| `--directory'. |
| |
| The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality |
| conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate |
| real problems, whether in GDB or in the testsuite. Expected failures |
| are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too hard to |
| deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work everywhere |
| except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case being fixed in |
| the near future. Expected failures should not be added lightly, since |
| you may be masking serious bugs in GDB. Unexpected successes are |
| expected fails that are passing for some reason, while unresolved and |
| untested cases often indicate some minor catastrophe, such as the |
| compiler being unable to deal with a test program. |
| |
| When making any significant change to GDB, you should run the |
| testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no |
| regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you |
| run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of |
| compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases |
| testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful |
| options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86) |
| host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi, mips-elf), |
| or a 64-bit host (Alpha). |
| |
| If you add new functionality to GDB, please consider adding tests |
| for it as well; this way future GDB hackers can detect and fix their |
| changes that break the functionality you added. Similarly, if you fix |
| a bug that was not previously reported as a test failure, please add a |
| test case for it. Some cases are extremely difficult to test, such as |
| code that handles host OS failures or bugs in particular versions of |
| compilers, and it's OK not to try to write tests for all of those. |
| |
| DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However, |
| some GDB test scripts do not work if the build machine and the host |
| machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts will |
| give a result of "UNRESOLVED", like this: |
| |
| UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host. |
| |
| 22.2 Testsuite Parameters |
| ========================= |
| |
| Several variables exist to modify the behavior of the testsuite. |
| |
| * `TRANSCRIPT' |
| |
| Sometimes it is convenient to get a transcript of the commands |
| which the testsuite sends to GDB. For example, if GDB crashes |
| during testing, a transcript can be used to more easily |
| reconstruct the failure when running GDB under GDB. |
| |
| You can instruct the GDB testsuite to write transcripts by setting |
| the DejaGNU variable `TRANSCRIPT' (to any value) before invoking |
| `runtest' or `make check'. The transcripts will be written into |
| DejaGNU's output directory. One transcript will be made for each |
| invocation of GDB; they will be named `transcript.N', where N is |
| an integer. The first line of the transcript file will show how |
| GDB was invoked; each subsequent line is a command sent as input |
| to GDB. |
| |
| make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y |
| |
| Note that the transcript is not always complete. In particular, |
| tests of completion can yield partial command lines. |
| |
| * `GDB' |
| |
| Sometimes one wishes to test a different GDB than the one in the |
| build directory. For example, one may wish to run the testsuite on |
| `/usr/bin/gdb'. |
| |
| make check RUNTESTFLAGS=GDB=/usr/bin/gdb |
| |
| * `GDBSERVER' |
| |
| When testing a different GDB, it is often useful to also test a |
| different gdbserver. |
| |
| make check RUNTESTFLAGS="GDB=/usr/bin/gdb GDBSERVER=/usr/bin/gdbserver" |
| |
| * `INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS' |
| |
| When running the testsuite normally one doesn't want whatever is in |
| `~/.gdbinit' to interfere with the tests, therefore the test |
| harness passes `-nx' to GDB. One also doesn't want any windowed |
| version of GDB, e.g., `gdb -tui', to run. This is achieved via |
| `INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS'. |
| |
| set INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS "-nw -nx" |
| |
| This is all well and good, except when testing an installed GDB |
| that has been configured with `--with-system-gdbinit'. Here one |
| does not want `~/.gdbinit' loaded but one may want the system |
| `.gdbinit' file loaded. This can be achieved by pointing `$HOME' |
| at a directory without a `.gdbinit' and by overriding |
| `INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS' and removing `-nx'. |
| |
| cd testsuite |
| HOME=`pwd` runtest \ |
| GDB=/usr/bin/gdb \ |
| GDBSERVER=/usr/bin/gdbserver \ |
| INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS=-nw |
| |
| |
| There are two ways to run the testsuite and pass additional |
| parameters to DejaGnu. The first is with `make check' and specifying |
| the makefile variable `RUNTESTFLAGS'. |
| |
| make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y |
| |
| The second is to cd to the `testsuite' directory and invoke the |
| DejaGnu `runtest' command directly. |
| |
| cd testsuite |
| make site.exp |
| runtest TRANSCRIPT=y |
| |
| 22.3 Testsuite Configuration |
| ============================ |
| |
| It is possible to adjust the behavior of the testsuite by defining the |
| global variables listed below, either in a `site.exp' file, or in a |
| board file. |
| |
| * `gdb_test_timeout' |
| |
| Defining this variable changes the default timeout duration used |
| during communication with GDB. More specifically, the global |
| variable used during testing is `timeout', but this variable gets |
| reset to `gdb_test_timeout' at the beginning of each testcase, |
| making sure that any local change to `timeout' in a testcase does |
| not affect subsequent testcases. |
| |
| This global variable comes in handy when the debugger is slower |
| than normal due to the testing environment, triggering unexpected |
| `TIMEOUT' test failures. Examples include when testing on a |
| remote machine, or against a system where communications are slow. |
| |
| If not specifically defined, this variable gets automatically |
| defined to the same value as `timeout' during the testsuite |
| initialization. The default value of the timeout is defined in |
| the file `gdb/testsuite/config/unix.exp' that is part of the GDB |
| test suite(1). |
| |
| |
| 22.4 Testsuite Organization |
| =========================== |
| |
| The testsuite is entirely contained in `gdb/testsuite'. While the |
| testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal, |
| and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves |
| handle the compilation of the programs that GDB will run. The file |
| `testsuite/lib/gdb.exp' contains common utility procs useful for all |
| GDB tests, while the directory `testsuite/config' contains |
| configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose |
| definitions of procs like `gdb_load' and `gdb_start'. |
| |
| The tests themselves are to be found in `testsuite/gdb.*' and |
| subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end |
| with `.exp'. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding in the |
| test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files get |
| chosen and run in alphabetical order. |
| |
| The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what |
| they are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are |
| located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and |
| execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and |
| intelligibility. |
| |
| `gdb.base' |
| This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all |
| configurations of GDB (but generic native-only tests may live |
| here). The test programs should be in the subset of C that is |
| valid K&R, ANSI/ISO, and C++ (`#ifdef's are allowed if necessary, |
| for instance for prototypes). |
| |
| `gdb.LANG' |
| Language-specific tests for any language LANG besides C. Examples |
| are `gdb.cp' and `gdb.java'. |
| |
| `gdb.PLATFORM' |
| Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific |
| configuration (host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is |
| `gdb.hp', for HP-UX. |
| |
| `gdb.COMPILER' |
| Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June |
| 1999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category |
| that couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one |
| could imagine a `gdb.gcc', for tests of GDB's handling of GCC |
| extensions. |
| |
| `gdb.SUBSYSTEM' |
| Tests that exercise a specific GDB subsystem in more depth. For |
| instance, `gdb.disasm' exercises various disassemblers, while |
| `gdb.stabs' tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader. |
| |
| 22.5 Writing Tests |
| ================== |
| |
| In many areas, the GDB tests are already quite comprehensive; you |
| should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases. |
| |
| You should try to use `gdb_test' whenever possible, since it |
| includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen. |
| However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for |
| instance, `gdb.base/exprs.exp' defines a `test_expr' that calls |
| `gdb_test' multiple times. |
| |
| Only use `send_gdb' and `gdb_expect' when absolutely necessary. |
| Even if GDB has several valid responses to a command, you can use |
| `gdb_test_multiple'. Like `gdb_test', `gdb_test_multiple' recognizes |
| internal errors and unexpected prompts. |
| |
| Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from GDB. |
| On some operating systems (e.g. OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to |
| spaces, so by the time GDB's output reaches expect the tab is gone. |
| |
| The source language programs do _not_ need to be in a consistent |
| style. Since GDB is used to debug programs written in many different |
| styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for |
| instance, some GDB bugs involving the display of source lines would |
| never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style |
| uniformly. |
| |
| Some testcase results need more detailed explanation: |
| |
| `KFAIL' |
| Known problem of GDB itself. You must specify the GDB bug report |
| number like in these sample tests: |
| kfail "gdb/13392" "continue to marker 2" |
| or |
| setup_kfail gdb/13392 "*-*-*" |
| kfail "continue to marker 2" |
| |
| `XFAIL' |
| Known problem of environment. This typically includes GCC but it |
| includes also many other system components which cannot be fixed |
| in the GDB project. Sample test with sanity check not knowing the |
| specific cause of the problem: |
| # On x86_64 it is commonly about 4MB. |
| if {$stub_size > 25000000} { |
| xfail "stub size $stub_size is too large" |
| return |
| } |
| |
| You should provide bug report number for the failing component of |
| the environment, if such bug report is available: |
| if {[test_compiler_info {gcc-[0-3]-*}] |
| || [test_compiler_info {gcc-4-[0-5]-*}]} { |
| setup_xfail "gcc/46955" *-*-* |
| } |
| gdb_test "python print ttype.template_argument(2)" "&C::c" |
| |
| 22.6 Board settings |
| =================== |
| |
| In GDB testsuite, the tests can be configured or customized in the board |
| file by means of "Board Settings". Each setting should be consulted |
| by test cases that depend on the corresponding feature. |
| |
| Here are the supported board settings: |
| |
| `gdb,cannot_call_functions' |
| The board does not support inferior call, that is, invoking |
| inferior functions in GDB. |
| |
| `gdb,can_reverse' |
| The board supports reverse execution. |
| |
| `gdb,no_hardware_watchpoints' |
| The board does not support hardware watchpoints. |
| |
| `gdb,nofileio' |
| GDB is unable to intercept target file operations in remote and |
| perform them on the host. |
| |
| `gdb,noinferiorio' |
| The board is unable to provide I/O capability to the inferior. |
| |
| `gdb,nosignals' |
| The board does not support signals. |
| |
| `gdb,skip_huge_test' |
| Skip time-consuming tests on the board with slow connection. |
| |
| `gdb,skip_float_tests' |
| Skip tests related to float points on target board. |
| |
| `gdb,use_precord' |
| The board supports process record. |
| |
| `gdb_server_prog' |
| The location of GDBserver. If GDBserver somewhere other than its |
| default location is used in test, specify the location of |
| GDBserver in this variable. The location is a file name of |
| GDBserver that can be either absolute or relative to testsuite |
| subdirectory in build directory. |
| |
| `in_proc_agent' |
| The location of in-process agent. If in-process agent other than |
| its default location is used in test, specify the location of |
| in-process agent in this variable. The location is a file name of |
| in-process agent that can be either absolute or relative to |
| testsuite subdirectory in build directory. |
| |
| `noargs' |
| GDB does not support argument passing for inferior. |
| |
| `no_long_long' |
| The board does not support type `long long'. |
| |
| `use_gdb_stub' |
| The tests are running with gdb stub. |
| |
| ---------- Footnotes ---------- |
| |
| (1) If you are using a board file, it could override the test-suite |
| default; search the board file for "timeout". |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Hints, Next: GDB Observers, Prev: Testsuite, Up: Top |
| |
| 23 Hints |
| ******** |
| |
| Check the `README' file, it often has useful information that does not |
| appear anywhere else in the directory. |
| |
| * Menu: |
| |
| * Getting Started:: Getting started working on GDB |
| * Debugging GDB:: Debugging GDB with itself |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Getting Started, Next: Debugging GDB, Up: Hints |
| |
| 23.1 Getting Started |
| ==================== |
| |
| GDB is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to |
| work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you |
| know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on. |
| |
| This manual, the GDB Internals manual, has information which applies |
| generally to many parts of GDB. |
| |
| Information about particular functions or data structures are |
| located in comments with those functions or data structures. If you |
| run across a function or a global variable which does not have a |
| comment correctly explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a |
| bug in GDB; feel free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment |
| if you can figure out what the comment should say. If you find a |
| comment which is actually wrong, be especially sure to report that. |
| |
| Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, |
| or native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are |
| repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the |
| macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a |
| default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual |
| also documents all the available macros. |
| |
| Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how GDB's |
| internal symbol tables are stored (see `symtab.h', `gdbtypes.h'), you |
| will find it much easier to understand the code which uses and creates |
| those symbol tables. |
| |
| You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to |
| enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another |
| language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to GDB, use |
| the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case |
| and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes |
| are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active |
| approach. |
| |
| Once you have a part of GDB to start with, you can find more |
| specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each |
| function with the `next' command. Do not use `step' or you will |
| quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through |
| calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding |
| (perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being |
| called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the |
| functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the |
| one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data |
| structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in |
| the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to |
| look like. |
| |
| Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading |
| the code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general |
| principle applies--when the code you are looking at calls something |
| else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does, |
| rather than worrying about all its details. |
| |
| A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with |
| a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how |
| single-stepping works. As a GDB user, you know that the `step' command |
| invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked via command tables |
| (see `command.h'); by convention the function which actually performs |
| the command is formed by taking the name of the command and adding |
| `_command', or in the case of an `info' subcommand, `_info'. For |
| example, the `step' command invokes the `step_command' function and the |
| `info display' command invokes `display_info'. When this convention is |
| not followed, you might have to use `grep' or `M-x tags-search' in |
| emacs, or run GDB on itself and set a breakpoint in `execute_command'. |
| |
| If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for |
| information on `bug-gdb'. But _never_ post a generic question like "I |
| was wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding |
| GDB"--if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual. |
| Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Debugging GDB, Prev: Getting Started, Up: Hints |
| |
| 23.2 Debugging GDB with itself |
| ============================== |
| |
| If GDB is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it |
| fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like |
| Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being |
| debugged in another. Rather than typing the command `./gdb ./gdb', |
| which works on Suns and such, you can copy `gdb' to `gdb2' and then |
| type `./gdb ./gdb2'. |
| |
| When you run GDB in the GDB source directory, it will read |
| `gdb-gdb.gdb' file (plus possibly `gdb-gdb.py' file) that sets up some |
| simple things to make debugging gdb easier. The `info' command, when |
| executed without a subcommand in a GDB being debugged by gdb, will pop |
| you back up to the top level gdb. See `gdb-gdb.gdb' for details. |
| |
| If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a `make TAGS' after |
| you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent |
| routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by |
| `M-.' |
| |
| Also, make sure that you've either compiled GDB with your local cc, |
| or have run `fixincludes' if you are compiling with gcc. |
| |
| 23.3 Submitting Patches |
| ======================= |
| |
| Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of |
| GDB users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements. |
| Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the |
| changes. |
| |
| The GDB maintainers will only install "cleanly designed" patches. |
| This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for GDB. |
| |
| If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it |
| arrives, or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a |
| large queue with everyone else's patches and bug reports. |
| |
| The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a |
| copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership |
| of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the |
| standard documents for doing this by sending mail to `gnu@gnu.org' and |
| asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs owned |
| by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that changes |
| in many programs (not just GDB, but GAS, Emacs, GCC, etc) can be |
| contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the |
| bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes |
| until this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we |
| follow since we maintain it for them). |
| |
| Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each |
| feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for `patch'. Each |
| message sent to me should include the changes to C code and header |
| files for a single feature, plus `ChangeLog' entries for each directory |
| where files were modified, and diffs for any changes needed to the |
| manuals (`gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo' or `gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo'). If there |
| are a lot of changes for a single feature, they can be split down into |
| multiple messages. |
| |
| In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the |
| sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in. |
| If you leave out the `ChangeLog', we have to write one. If you leave |
| out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc. |
| |
| The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will |
| not install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with |
| questions or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message |
| back to you will say what you have to fix in order to make the change |
| acceptable. The reason to have separate messages for separate features |
| is so that the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more |
| changes are being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single |
| message, we tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable |
| changes from the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed |
| until all are acceptable. |
| |
| If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a |
| lot of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get |
| installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug |
| reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive |
| complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day |
| they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time |
| permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not |
| be for quite some time. |
| |
| Please send patches directly to the GDB maintainers |
| <gdb-patches@sourceware.org>. |
| |
| 23.4 Build Script |
| ================= |
| |
| The script `gdb_buildall.sh' builds GDB with flag |
| `--enable-targets=all' set. This builds GDB with all supported targets |
| activated. This helps testing GDB when doing changes that affect more |
| than one architecture and is much faster than using `gdb_mbuild.sh'. |
| |
| After building GDB the script checks which architectures are |
| supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those |
| to get information about the architecture. The test results are stored |
| in log files in the directory the script was called from. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: GDB Observers, Next: GNU Free Documentation License, Prev: Hints, Up: Top |
| |
| Appendix A GDB Currently available observers |
| ******************************************** |
| |
| A.1 Implementation rationale |
| ============================ |
| |
| An "observer" is an entity which is interested in being notified when |
| GDB reaches certain states, or certain events occur in GDB. The entity |
| being observed is called the "subject". To receive notifications, the |
| observer attaches a callback to the subject. One subject can have |
| several observers. |
| |
| `observer.c' implements an internal generic low-level event |
| notification mechanism. This generic event notification mechanism is |
| then re-used to implement the exported high-level notification |
| management routines for all possible notifications. |
| |
| The current implementation of the generic observer provides support |
| for contextual data. This contextual data is given to the subject when |
| attaching the callback. In return, the subject will provide this |
| contextual data back to the observer as a parameter of the callback. |
| |
| Note that the current support for the contextual data is only |
| partial, as it lacks a mechanism that would deallocate this data when |
| the callback is detached. This is not a problem so far, as this |
| contextual data is only used internally to hold a function pointer. |
| Later on, if a certain observer needs to provide support for user-level |
| contextual data, then the generic notification mechanism will need to be |
| enhanced to allow the observer to provide a routine to deallocate the |
| data when attaching the callback. |
| |
| The observer implementation is also currently not reentrant. In |
| particular, it is therefore not possible to call the attach or detach |
| routines during a notification. |
| |
| A.2 Debugging |
| ============= |
| |
| Observer notifications can be traced using the command `set debug |
| observer 1' (*note Optional messages about internal happenings: |
| (gdb)Debugging Output.). |
| |
| A.3 `normal_stop' Notifications |
| =============================== |
| |
| GDB notifies all `normal_stop' observers when the inferior execution |
| has just stopped, the associated messages and annotations have been |
| printed, and the control is about to be returned to the user. |
| |
| Note that the `normal_stop' notification is not emitted when the |
| execution stops due to a breakpoint, and this breakpoint has a |
| condition that is not met. If the breakpoint has any associated |
| commands list, the commands are executed after the notification is |
| emitted. |
| |
| The following interfaces are available to manage observers: |
| |
| -- Function: extern struct observer *observer_attach_EVENT |
| (observer_EVENT_ftype *F) |
| Using the function F, create an observer that is notified when |
| ever EVENT occurs, return the observer. |
| |
| -- Function: extern void observer_detach_EVENT (struct observer |
| *OBSERVER); |
| Remove OBSERVER from the list of observers to be notified when |
| EVENT occurs. |
| |
| -- Function: extern void observer_notify_EVENT (void); |
| Send a notification to all EVENT observers. |
| |
| The following observable events are defined: |
| |
| -- Function: void normal_stop (struct bpstats *BS, int PRINT_FRAME) |
| The inferior has stopped for real. The BS argument describes the |
| breakpoints were are stopped at, if any. Second argument |
| PRINT_FRAME non-zero means display the location where the inferior |
| has stopped. |
| |
| -- Function: void target_changed (struct target_ops *TARGET) |
| The target's register contents have changed. |
| |
| -- Function: void executable_changed (void) |
| The executable being debugged by GDB has changed: The user decided |
| to debug a different program, or the program he was debugging has |
| been modified since being loaded by the debugger (by being |
| recompiled, for instance). |
| |
| -- Function: void inferior_created (struct target_ops *OBJFILE, int |
| FROM_TTY) |
| GDB has just connected to an inferior. For `run', GDB calls this |
| observer while the inferior is still stopped at the entry-point |
| instruction. For `attach' and `core', GDB calls this observer |
| immediately after connecting to the inferior, and before any |
| information on the inferior has been printed. |
| |
| -- Function: void solib_loaded (struct so_list *SOLIB) |
| The shared library specified by SOLIB has been loaded. Note that |
| when GDB calls this observer, the library's symbols probably |
| haven't been loaded yet. |
| |
| -- Function: void solib_unloaded (struct so_list *SOLIB) |
| The shared library specified by SOLIB has been unloaded. Note |
| that when GDB calls this observer, the library's symbols have not |
| been unloaded yet, and thus are still available. |
| |
| -- Function: void new_objfile (struct objfile *OBJFILE) |
| The symbol file specified by OBJFILE has been loaded. Called with |
| OBJFILE equal to `NULL' to indicate previously loaded symbol table |
| data has now been invalidated. |
| |
| -- Function: void new_thread (struct thread_info *T) |
| The thread specified by T has been created. |
| |
| -- Function: void thread_exit (struct thread_info *T, int SILENT) |
| The thread specified by T has exited. The SILENT argument |
| indicates that GDB is removing the thread from its tables without |
| wanting to notify the user about it. |
| |
| -- Function: void thread_stop_requested (ptid_t PTID) |
| An explicit stop request was issued to PTID. If PTID equals |
| MINUS_ONE_PTID, the request applied to all threads. If |
| `ptid_is_pid(ptid)' returns true, the request applied to all |
| threads of the process pointed at by PTID. Otherwise, the request |
| applied to the single thread pointed at by PTID. |
| |
| -- Function: void target_resumed (ptid_t PTID) |
| The target was resumed. The PTID parameter specifies which thread |
| was resume, and may be RESUME_ALL if all threads are resumed. |
| |
| -- Function: void about_to_proceed (void) |
| The target is about to be proceeded. |
| |
| -- Function: void breakpoint_created (struct breakpoint *B) |
| A new breakpoint B has been created. |
| |
| -- Function: void breakpoint_deleted (struct breakpoint *B) |
| A breakpoint has been destroyed. The argument B is the pointer to |
| the destroyed breakpoint. |
| |
| -- Function: void breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *B) |
| A breakpoint has been modified in some way. The argument B is the |
| modified breakpoint. |
| |
| -- Function: void tracepoint_created (int TPNUM) |
| A new tracepoint has been created. The argument TPNUM is the |
| number of the newly-created tracepoint. |
| |
| -- Function: void tracepoint_deleted (int TPNUM) |
| A tracepoint has been destroyed. The argument TPNUM is the number |
| of the newly-destroyed tracepoint. |
| |
| -- Function: void tracepoint_modified (int TPNUM) |
| A tracepoint has been modified in some way. The argument TPNUM is |
| the number of the modified tracepoint. |
| |
| -- Function: void architecture_changed (struct gdbarch *NEWARCH) |
| The current architecture has changed. The argument NEWARCH is a |
| pointer to the new architecture. |
| |
| -- Function: void thread_ptid_changed (ptid_t OLD_PTID, ptid_t |
| NEW_PTID) |
| The thread's ptid has changed. The OLD_PTID parameter specifies |
| the old value, and NEW_PTID specifies the new value. |
| |
| -- Function: void inferior_added (struct inferior *INF) |
| The inferior INF has been added to the list of inferiors. At this |
| point, it might not be associated with any process. |
| |
| -- Function: void inferior_appeared (struct inferior *INF) |
| The inferior identified by INF has been attached to a process. |
| |
| -- Function: void inferior_exit (struct inferior *INF) |
| Either the inferior associated with INF has been detached from the |
| process, or the process has exited. |
| |
| -- Function: void inferior_removed (struct inferior *INF) |
| The inferior INF has been removed from the list of inferiors. |
| This method is called immediately before freeing INF. |
| |
| -- Function: void memory_changed (CORE_ADDR ADDR, int LEN, const |
| bfd_byte *DATA) |
| Bytes from DATA to DATA + LEN have been written to the current |
| inferior at ADDR. |
| |
| -- Function: void before_prompt (const char *CURRENT_PROMPT) |
| Called before a top-level prompt is displayed. CURRENT_PROMPT is |
| the current top-level prompt. |
| |
| -- Function: void gdb_datadir_changed (void) |
| Variable gdb_datadir has been set. The value may not necessarily |
| change. |
| |
| -- Function: void test_notification (int SOMEARG) |
| This observer is used for internal testing. Do not use. See |
| testsuite/gdb.gdb/observer.exp. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Next: Concept Index, Prev: GDB Observers, Up: Top |
| |
| Appendix B GNU Free Documentation License |
| ***************************************** |
| |
| Version 1.3, 3 November 2008 |
| |
| Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| `http://fsf.org/' |
| |
| Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies |
| of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. |
| |
| 0. PREAMBLE |
| |
| The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other |
| functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to |
| assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, |
| with or without modifying it, either commercially or |
| noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the |
| author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not |
| being considered responsible for modifications made by others. |
| |
| This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative |
| works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. |
| It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft |
| license designed for free software. |
| |
| We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for |
| free software, because free software needs free documentation: a |
| free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms |
| that the software does. But this License is not limited to |
| software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless |
| of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. |
| We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is |
| instruction or reference. |
| |
| 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS |
| |
| This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, |
| that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it |
| can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice |
| grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, |
| to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The |
| "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member |
| of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You |
| accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a |
| way requiring permission under copyright law. |
| |
| A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the |
| Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with |
| modifications and/or translated into another language. |
| |
| A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section |
| of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the |
| publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall |
| subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could |
| fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document |
| is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not |
| explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of |
| historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or |
| of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position |
| regarding them. |
| |
| The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose |
| titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in |
| the notice that says that the Document is released under this |
| License. If a section does not fit the above definition of |
| Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. |
| The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document |
| does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none. |
| |
| The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are |
| listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice |
| that says that the Document is released under this License. A |
| Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may |
| be at most 25 words. |
| |
| A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, |
| represented in a format whose specification is available to the |
| general public, that is suitable for revising the document |
| straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images |
| composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some |
| widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to |
| text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of |
| formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an |
| otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of |
| markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent |
| modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is |
| not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A |
| copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". |
| |
| Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain |
| ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, |
| SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and |
| standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for |
| human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include |
| PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that |
| can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or |
| XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally |
| available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF |
| produced by some word processors for output purposes only. |
| |
| The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, |
| plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the |
| material this License requires to appear in the title page. For |
| works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title |
| Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the |
| work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. |
| |
| The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies |
| of the Document to the public. |
| |
| A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document |
| whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses |
| following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ |
| stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as |
| "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) |
| To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the |
| Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according |
| to this definition. |
| |
| The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice |
| which states that this License applies to the Document. These |
| Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in |
| this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other |
| implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and |
| has no effect on the meaning of this License. |
| |
| 2. VERBATIM COPYING |
| |
| You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either |
| commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the |
| copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License |
| applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you |
| add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You |
| may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading |
| or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, |
| you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you |
| distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow |
| the conditions in section 3. |
| |
| You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, |
| and you may publicly display copies. |
| |
| 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY |
| |
| If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly |
| have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and |
| the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must |
| enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all |
| these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and |
| Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly |
| and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The |
| front cover must present the full title with all words of the |
| title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material |
| on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the |
| covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and |
| satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in |
| other respects. |
| |
| If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit |
| legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit |
| reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto |
| adjacent pages. |
| |
| If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document |
| numbering more than 100, you must either include a |
| machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or |
| state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from |
| which the general network-using public has access to download |
| using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent |
| copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the |
| latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you |
| begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that |
| this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated |
| location until at least one year after the last time you |
| distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or |
| retailers) of that edition to the public. |
| |
| It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of |
| the Document well before redistributing any large number of |
| copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated |
| version of the Document. |
| |
| 4. MODIFICATIONS |
| |
| You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document |
| under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you |
| release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with |
| the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus |
| licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to |
| whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these |
| things in the Modified Version: |
| |
| A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title |
| distinct from that of the Document, and from those of |
| previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed |
| in the History section of the Document). You may use the |
| same title as a previous version if the original publisher of |
| that version gives permission. |
| |
| B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or |
| entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in |
| the Modified Version, together with at least five of the |
| principal authors of the Document (all of its principal |
| authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you |
| from this requirement. |
| |
| C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the |
| Modified Version, as the publisher. |
| |
| D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. |
| |
| E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications |
| adjacent to the other copyright notices. |
| |
| F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license |
| notice giving the public permission to use the Modified |
| Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in |
| the Addendum below. |
| |
| G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant |
| Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's |
| license notice. |
| |
| H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. |
| |
| I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, |
| and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new |
| authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on |
| the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in |
| the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, |
| and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, |
| then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in |
| the previous sentence. |
| |
| J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document |
| for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and |
| likewise the network locations given in the Document for |
| previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in |
| the "History" section. You may omit a network location for a |
| work that was published at least four years before the |
| Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version |
| it refers to gives permission. |
| |
| K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", |
| Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the |
| section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor |
| acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. |
| |
| L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, |
| unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers |
| or the equivalent are not considered part of the section |
| titles. |
| |
| M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section |
| may not be included in the Modified Version. |
| |
| N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled |
| "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant |
| Section. |
| |
| O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. |
| |
| If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or |
| appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no |
| material copied from the Document, you may at your option |
| designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, |
| add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified |
| Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any |
| other section titles. |
| |
| You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains |
| nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various |
| parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text |
| has been approved by an organization as the authoritative |
| definition of a standard. |
| |
| You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, |
| and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end |
| of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one |
| passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be |
| added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the |
| Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, |
| previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity |
| you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may |
| replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous |
| publisher that added the old one. |
| |
| The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this |
| License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to |
| assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. |
| |
| 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS |
| |
| You may combine the Document with other documents released under |
| this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for |
| modified versions, provided that you include in the combination |
| all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, |
| unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your |
| combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all |
| their Warranty Disclaimers. |
| |
| The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and |
| multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single |
| copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name |
| but different contents, make the title of each such section unique |
| by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the |
| original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a |
| unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in |
| the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the |
| combined work. |
| |
| In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled |
| "History" in the various original documents, forming one section |
| Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled |
| "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You |
| must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements." |
| |
| 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS |
| |
| You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other |
| documents released under this License, and replace the individual |
| copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy |
| that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the |
| rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the |
| documents in all other respects. |
| |
| You may extract a single document from such a collection, and |
| distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert |
| a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow |
| this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of |
| that document. |
| |
| 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS |
| |
| A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other |
| separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of |
| a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the |
| copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the |
| legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual |
| works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this |
| License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which |
| are not themselves derivative works of the Document. |
| |
| If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these |
| copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half |
| of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed |
| on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the |
| electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic |
| form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket |
| the whole aggregate. |
| |
| 8. TRANSLATION |
| |
| Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may |
| distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section |
| 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special |
| permission from their copyright holders, but you may include |
| translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the |
| original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a |
| translation of this License, and all the license notices in the |
| Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also |
| include the original English version of this License and the |
| original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a |
| disagreement between the translation and the original version of |
| this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will |
| prevail. |
| |
| If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements", |
| "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to |
| Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the |
| actual title. |
| |
| 9. TERMINATION |
| |
| You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document |
| except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt |
| otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, |
| and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. |
| |
| However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your |
| license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) |
| provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly |
| and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the |
| copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some |
| reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation. |
| |
| Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is |
| reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the |
| violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have |
| received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from |
| that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days |
| after your receipt of the notice. |
| |
| Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate |
| the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from |
| you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and |
| not permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of |
| the same material does not give you any rights to use it. |
| |
| 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE |
| |
| The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of |
| the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new |
| versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may |
| differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See |
| `http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/'. |
| |
| Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version |
| number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered |
| version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you |
| have the option of following the terms and conditions either of |
| that specified version or of any later version that has been |
| published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If |
| the Document does not specify a version number of this License, |
| you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the |
| Free Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy |
| can decide which future versions of this License can be used, that |
| proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently |
| authorizes you to choose that version for the Document. |
| |
| 11. RELICENSING |
| |
| "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any |
| World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also |
| provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A |
| public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. |
| A "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the |
| site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC |
| site. |
| |
| "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 |
| license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit |
| corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco, |
| California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license |
| published by that same organization. |
| |
| "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or |
| in part, as part of another Document. |
| |
| An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this |
| License, and if all works that were first published under this |
| License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently |
| incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover |
| texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior |
| to November 1, 2008. |
| |
| The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the |
| site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, |
| 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing. |
| |
| |
| ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents |
| ==================================================== |
| |
| To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of |
| the License in the document and put the following copyright and license |
| notices just after the title page: |
| |
| Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME. |
| Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 |
| or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; |
| with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover |
| Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU |
| Free Documentation License''. |
| |
| If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover |
| Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this: |
| |
| with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with |
| the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts |
| being LIST. |
| |
| If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other |
| combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the |
| situation. |
| |
| If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we |
| recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of |
| free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to |
| permit their use in free software. |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Concept Index, Next: Function and Variable Index, Prev: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Top |
| |
| Concept Index |
| ************* |
| |
| [index] |
| * Menu: |
| |
| * $fp: Register Information Functions. |
| (line 126) |
| * $pc: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 58) |
| * $ps: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 69) |
| * $sp: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 49) |
| * a.out format: Symbol Handling. (line 218) |
| * abstract interpretation of function prologues: Algorithms. (line 48) |
| * adding a new host: Host Definition. (line 13) |
| * adding a symbol-reading module: Symbol Handling. (line 37) |
| * adding a target: Adding a New Target. (line 6) |
| * adding debugging info reader: Symbol Handling. (line 365) |
| * adding source language: Language Support. (line 17) |
| * address classes: Address Classes. (line 6) |
| * address representation: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 6) |
| * address spaces, separate data and code: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 6) |
| * algorithms: Algorithms. (line 6) |
| * ARCH-tdep.c: How an Architecture is Represented. |
| (line 13) |
| * architecture representation: How an Architecture is Represented. |
| (line 6) |
| * Array Containers: Support Libraries. (line 131) |
| * assumptions about targets: Misc Guidelines. (line 334) |
| * base of a frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 28) |
| * BFD library: Support Libraries. (line 9) |
| * breakpoint address adjusted: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 145) |
| * breakpoints: Algorithms. (line 151) |
| * bug-gdb mailing list: Getting Started. (line 72) |
| * build script: Debugging GDB. (line 94) |
| * C data types: Coding Standards. (line 120) |
| * call frame information: Algorithms. (line 14) |
| * call stack frame: Stack Frames. (line 6) |
| * calls to the inferior: Inferior Call Setup. (line 6) |
| * CFI (call frame information): Algorithms. (line 14) |
| * checkpoints: Algorithms. (line 600) |
| * cleanups: Misc Guidelines. (line 12) |
| * CLI: User Interface. (line 12) |
| * code pointers, word-addressed: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 6) |
| * coding standards: Coding Standards. (line 6) |
| * COFF debugging info: Symbol Handling. (line 315) |
| * COFF format: Symbol Handling. (line 233) |
| * command implementation: Getting Started. (line 60) |
| * command interpreter: User Interface. (line 12) |
| * comment formatting: Coding Standards. (line 94) |
| * compiler warnings: Misc Guidelines. (line 252) |
| * Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info: Symbol Handling. (line 335) |
| * computed values: Values. (line 35) |
| * configure.tgt: How an Architecture is Represented. |
| (line 19) |
| * converting between pointers and addresses: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 6) |
| * converting integers to addresses: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 274) |
| * cooked register representation: Raw and Cooked Registers. |
| (line 6) |
| * core files: Adding support for debugging core files. |
| (line 6) |
| * D10V addresses: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 6) |
| * data output: User Interface. (line 254) |
| * data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module: Misc Guidelines. (line 100) |
| * debugging GDB: Debugging GDB. (line 6) |
| * deprecating commands: User Interface. (line 32) |
| * design: Misc Guidelines. (line 329) |
| * DOS text files: Host Definition. (line 87) |
| * dummy frames: About Dummy Frames. (line 6) |
| * DW_AT_address_class: Address Classes. (line 6) |
| * DW_AT_byte_size: Address Classes. (line 6) |
| * DWARF 2 debugging info: Symbol Handling. (line 328) |
| * DWARF 3 debugging info: Symbol Handling. (line 355) |
| * ECOFF debugging info: Symbol Handling. (line 321) |
| * ECOFF format: Symbol Handling. (line 248) |
| * ELF format: Symbol Handling. (line 281) |
| * execution state: Managing Execution State. |
| (line 6) |
| * experimental branches: Versions and Branches. |
| (line 116) |
| * expression evaluation routines: Language Support. (line 58) |
| * expression parser: Language Support. (line 21) |
| * field output functions: User Interface. (line 254) |
| * file names, portability: Misc Guidelines. (line 367) |
| * finding a symbol: Symbol Handling. (line 133) |
| * fine-tuning gdbarch structure: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 23) |
| * first floating point register: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 78) |
| * frame: Stack Frames. (line 6) |
| * frame ID: Stack Frames. (line 41) |
| * frame pointer: Register Information Functions. |
| (line 126) |
| * frame, definition of base of a frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 28) |
| * frame, definition of innermost frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 24) |
| * frame, definition of NEXT frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 11) |
| * frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 14) |
| * frame, definition of sentinel frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 52) |
| * frame, definition of sniffing: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 46) |
| * frame, definition of THIS frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 9) |
| * frame, definition of unwinding: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 41) |
| * frame_base: Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers. |
| (line 89) |
| * frame_unwind: Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers. |
| (line 36) |
| * full symbol table: Symbol Handling. (line 104) |
| * function prologue: Prologue Caches. (line 6) |
| * function prototypes: Coding Standards. (line 142) |
| * function usage: Coding Standards. (line 124) |
| * fundamental types: Symbol Handling. (line 183) |
| * GDB source tree structure: Overall Structure. (line 83) |
| * gdb_byte: Register Caching. (line 23) |
| * gdbarch: How an Architecture is Represented. |
| (line 19) |
| * gdbarch accessor functions: Creating a New Architecture. |
| (line 14) |
| * gdbarch lookup: Looking Up an Existing Architecture. |
| (line 6) |
| * gdbarch register architecture functions: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 6) |
| * gdbarch register information functions: Register Information Functions. |
| (line 6) |
| * gdbarch_info: Looking Up an Existing Architecture. |
| (line 22) |
| * gdbarch_tdep definition: Creating a New Architecture. |
| (line 34) |
| * gdbarch_tdep when allocating new gdbarch: Creating a New Architecture. |
| (line 6) |
| * generic host support: Host Definition. (line 38) |
| * hardware breakpoints: Algorithms. (line 158) |
| * hardware watchpoints: Algorithms. (line 280) |
| * host: Overall Structure. (line 50) |
| * host, adding: Host Definition. (line 13) |
| * innermost frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 24) |
| * insert or remove hardware breakpoint: Algorithms. (line 234) |
| * insert or remove hardware watchpoint: Algorithms. (line 347) |
| * insert or remove software breakpoint: Algorithms. (line 211) |
| * item output functions: User Interface. (line 254) |
| * language parser: Language Support. (line 25) |
| * language support: Language Support. (line 6) |
| * legal papers for code contributions: Debugging GDB. (line 42) |
| * libgdb: libgdb. (line 9) |
| * libiberty library: Support Libraries. (line 52) |
| * line wrap in output: Misc Guidelines. (line 191) |
| * list output functions: User Interface. (line 131) |
| * long long data type: Host Definition. (line 106) |
| * longjmp debugging: Algorithms. (line 258) |
| * lookup_symbol: Symbol Handling. (line 142) |
| * lval_type enumeration, for values.: Values. (line 19) |
| * making a new release of gdb: Releasing GDB. (line 6) |
| * memory representation: Register and Memory Data. |
| (line 6) |
| * minimal symbol table: Symbol Handling. (line 111) |
| * minsymtabs: Symbol Handling. (line 111) |
| * multi-arch data: Misc Guidelines. (line 100) |
| * native conditionals: Native Debugging. (line 75) |
| * native debugging: Native Debugging. (line 6) |
| * nesting level in ui_out functions: User Interface. (line 143) |
| * new year procedure: Start of New Year Procedure. |
| (line 6) |
| * NEXT frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 11) |
| * normal_stop observer: GDB Observers. (line 48) |
| * notification about inferior execution stop: GDB Observers. (line 48) |
| * notifications about changes in internals: Algorithms. (line 630) |
| * object file formats: Symbol Handling. (line 215) |
| * observer pattern interface: Algorithms. (line 630) |
| * observers implementation rationale: GDB Observers. (line 9) |
| * obstacks: Support Libraries. (line 69) |
| * opcodes library: Support Libraries. (line 39) |
| * OS ABI variants: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 6) |
| * partial symbol table: Symbol Handling. (line 114) |
| * PE-COFF format: Symbol Handling. (line 272) |
| * per-architecture module data: Misc Guidelines. (line 100) |
| * pointer representation: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 6) |
| * portability: Misc Guidelines. (line 350) |
| * portable file name handling: Misc Guidelines. (line 367) |
| * porting to new machines: Porting GDB. (line 6) |
| * PREVIOUS frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 14) |
| * processor status register: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 69) |
| * program counter <1>: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 58) |
| * program counter: Algorithms. (line 158) |
| * prologue analysis: Algorithms. (line 14) |
| * prologue cache: Prologue Caches. (line 12) |
| * prologue of a function: Prologue Caches. (line 6) |
| * prologue-value.c: Algorithms. (line 48) |
| * prompt: Host Definition. (line 94) |
| * pseudo-evaluation of function prologues: Algorithms. (line 48) |
| * psymtabs: Symbol Handling. (line 107) |
| * raw register representation: Raw and Cooked Registers. |
| (line 6) |
| * reading of symbols: Symbol Handling. (line 25) |
| * readline library: Support Libraries. (line 45) |
| * register caching: Register Caching. (line 6) |
| * register data formats, converting: Register and Memory Data. |
| (line 6) |
| * register representation: Register and Memory Data. |
| (line 6) |
| * regular expressions library: Support Libraries. (line 110) |
| * Release Branches: Versions and Branches. |
| (line 93) |
| * remote debugging support: Host Definition. (line 41) |
| * representation of architecture: How an Architecture is Represented. |
| (line 6) |
| * representations, raw and cooked registers: Raw and Cooked Registers. |
| (line 6) |
| * representations, register and memory: Register and Memory Data. |
| (line 6) |
| * requirements for GDB: Requirements. (line 6) |
| * restart: Algorithms. (line 600) |
| * running the test suite: Testsuite. (line 19) |
| * secondary symbol file: Symbol Handling. (line 47) |
| * sentinel frame <1>: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 52) |
| * sentinel frame: Stack Frames. (line 22) |
| * separate data and code address spaces: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 6) |
| * serial line support: Host Definition. (line 41) |
| * set_gdbarch functions: Creating a New Architecture. |
| (line 14) |
| * sniffing: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 46) |
| * software breakpoints: Algorithms. (line 184) |
| * software watchpoints: Algorithms. (line 280) |
| * SOM debugging info: Symbol Handling. (line 360) |
| * SOM format: Symbol Handling. (line 291) |
| * source code formatting: Coding Standards. (line 28) |
| * spaces, separate data and code address: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 6) |
| * stabs debugging info: Symbol Handling. (line 305) |
| * stack frame, definition of base of a frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 28) |
| * stack frame, definition of innermost frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 24) |
| * stack frame, definition of NEXT frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 11) |
| * stack frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 14) |
| * stack frame, definition of sentinel frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 52) |
| * stack frame, definition of sniffing: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 46) |
| * stack frame, definition of THIS frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 9) |
| * stack frame, definition of unwinding: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 41) |
| * stack pointer: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 49) |
| * status register: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 69) |
| * struct gdbarch creation: Creating a New Architecture. |
| (line 6) |
| * struct regcache: Register Caching. (line 10) |
| * struct value, converting register contents to: Register and Memory Data. |
| (line 6) |
| * submitting patches: Debugging GDB. (line 30) |
| * sym_fns structure: Symbol Handling. (line 37) |
| * symbol files: Symbol Handling. (line 25) |
| * symbol lookup: Symbol Handling. (line 133) |
| * symbol reading: Symbol Handling. (line 25) |
| * symtabs: Symbol Handling. (line 104) |
| * system dependencies: Misc Guidelines. (line 354) |
| * table output functions: User Interface. (line 131) |
| * target: Overall Structure. (line 50) |
| * target architecture definition: Target Architecture Definition. |
| (line 6) |
| * target dependent files: Adding a New Target. (line 8) |
| * target descriptions: Target Descriptions. (line 6) |
| * target descriptions, adding register support: Adding Target Described Register Support. |
| (line 6) |
| * target descriptions, implementation: Target Descriptions Implementation. |
| (line 6) |
| * target vector: Target Vector Definition. |
| (line 6) |
| * targets: Existing Targets. (line 6) |
| * TCP remote support: Host Definition. (line 57) |
| * terminal device: Host Definition. (line 97) |
| * test suite: Testsuite. (line 6) |
| * test suite organization: Testsuite. (line 195) |
| * Testsuite Configuration: Testsuite. (line 167) |
| * THIS frame: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 9) |
| * tuple output functions: User Interface. (line 131) |
| * type codes: Symbol Handling. (line 191) |
| * types: Coding Standards. (line 136) |
| * ui_out functions: User Interface. (line 47) |
| * ui_out functions, usage examples: User Interface. (line 398) |
| * unwind frame: Stack Frames. (line 9) |
| * unwinding: Frame Handling Terminology. |
| (line 41) |
| * using ui_out functions: User Interface. (line 398) |
| * value structure: Values. (line 9) |
| * values: Values. (line 9) |
| * VEC: Support Libraries. (line 131) |
| * vendor branches: Versions and Branches. |
| (line 108) |
| * watchpoints: Algorithms. (line 274) |
| * watchpoints, on x86: Algorithms. (line 449) |
| * watchpoints, with threads: Algorithms. (line 425) |
| * word-addressed machines: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 6) |
| * writing tests: Testsuite. (line 247) |
| * x86 debug registers: Algorithms. (line 449) |
| * XCOFF format: Symbol Handling. (line 256) |
| |
| |
| File: gdbint.info, Node: Function and Variable Index, Prev: Concept Index, Up: Top |
| |
| Function and Variable Index |
| *************************** |
| |
| [index] |
| * Menu: |
| |
| * _initialize_ARCH_tdep <1>: Adding a New Target. (line 22) |
| * _initialize_ARCH_tdep: How an Architecture is Represented. |
| (line 13) |
| * _initialize_language: Language Support. (line 79) |
| * about_to_proceed: GDB Observers. (line 133) |
| * add_cmd: User Interface. (line 21) |
| * add_com: User Interface. (line 21) |
| * add_setshow_cmd: User Interface. (line 26) |
| * add_setshow_cmd_full: User Interface. (line 26) |
| * add_symtab_fns: Symbol Handling. (line 37) |
| * address_class_name_to_type_flags: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 28) |
| * address_class_name_to_type_flags_p: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 39) |
| * align_down: Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames. |
| (line 46) |
| * align_up: Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames. |
| (line 46) |
| * allocate_symtab: Language Support. (line 83) |
| * architecture_changed: GDB Observers. (line 159) |
| * before_prompt: GDB Observers. (line 188) |
| * bfd_arch_info: Looking Up an Existing Architecture. |
| (line 41) |
| * BIG_BREAKPOINT: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 100) |
| * BPT_VECTOR: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 532) |
| * BREAKPOINT: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 88) |
| * breakpoint_created: GDB Observers. (line 136) |
| * breakpoint_deleted: GDB Observers. (line 139) |
| * breakpoint_modified: GDB Observers. (line 143) |
| * CC_HAS_LONG_LONG: Host Definition. (line 105) |
| * core_addr_greaterthan: Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames. |
| (line 30) |
| * core_addr_lessthan: Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames. |
| (line 30) |
| * CRLF_SOURCE_FILES: Host Definition. (line 86) |
| * current_language: Language Support. (line 75) |
| * DEFAULT_PROMPT: Host Definition. (line 93) |
| * deprecate_cmd: User Interface. (line 32) |
| * DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 242) |
| * DEV_TTY: Host Definition. (line 96) |
| * DIRNAME_SEPARATOR: Misc Guidelines. (line 399) |
| * DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 211) |
| * discard_cleanups: Misc Guidelines. (line 39) |
| * do_cleanups: Misc Guidelines. (line 35) |
| * evaluate_subexp: Language Support. (line 58) |
| * executable_changed: GDB Observers. (line 85) |
| * extract_typed_address: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 52) |
| * FILENAME_CMP: Misc Guidelines. (line 393) |
| * find_pc_function: Symbol Handling. (line 136) |
| * find_pc_line: Symbol Handling. (line 136) |
| * find_sym_fns: Symbol Handling. (line 32) |
| * FOPEN_RB: Host Definition. (line 102) |
| * fp0_regnum: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 78) |
| * frame_align: Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames. |
| (line 46) |
| * frame_base_append_sniffer: Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers. |
| (line 19) |
| * frame_base_set_default: Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers. |
| (line 22) |
| * frame_num_args: Functions to Access Frame Data. |
| (line 43) |
| * frame_red_zone_size: Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames. |
| (line 63) |
| * frame_register_unwind: Stack Frames. (line 15) |
| * frame_unwind_append_sniffer: Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers. |
| (line 16) |
| * frame_unwind_append_unwinder: Stack Frames. (line 30) |
| * frame_unwind_got_address: Stack Frames. (line 105) |
| * frame_unwind_got_constant: Stack Frames. (line 101) |
| * frame_unwind_got_memory: Stack Frames. (line 98) |
| * frame_unwind_got_optimized: Stack Frames. (line 90) |
| * frame_unwind_got_register: Stack Frames. (line 93) |
| * frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder: Stack Frames. (line 30) |
| * GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 225) |
| * GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 225) |
| * gdb_datadir_changed: GDB Observers. (line 192) |
| * GDB_OSABI_AIX: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 90) |
| * GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 87) |
| * GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 51) |
| * GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 54) |
| * GDB_OSABI_GO32: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 69) |
| * GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 78) |
| * GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 81) |
| * GDB_OSABI_HURD: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 39) |
| * GDB_OSABI_INTERIX: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 75) |
| * GDB_OSABI_IRIX: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 72) |
| * GDB_OSABI_LINUX: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 48) |
| * GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 57) |
| * GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 60) |
| * GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 63) |
| * GDB_OSABI_OSF1: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 45) |
| * GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 84) |
| * GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 42) |
| * GDB_OSABI_SVR4: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 36) |
| * GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 29) |
| * GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 32) |
| * GDB_OSABI_WINCE: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 66) |
| * gdbarch_addr_bits_remove: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 11) |
| * gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags: Address Classes. (line 30) |
| * gdbarch_address_class_type_flags <1>: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 43) |
| * gdbarch_address_class_type_flags: Address Classes. (line 18) |
| * gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 52) |
| * gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name <1>: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 56) |
| * gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name: Address Classes. (line 25) |
| * gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 60) |
| * gdbarch_address_to_pointer <1>: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 65) |
| * gdbarch_address_to_pointer: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 114) |
| * gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 145) |
| * gdbarch_alloc: Creating a New Architecture. |
| (line 6) |
| * gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 72) |
| * gdbarch_bits_big_endian: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 77) |
| * gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 106) |
| * gdbarch_call_dummy_location: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 178) |
| * gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 184) |
| * gdbarch_cannot_store_register: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 188) |
| * gdbarch_char_signed: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 457) |
| * gdbarch_convert_register_p <1>: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 195) |
| * gdbarch_convert_register_p: Register and Memory Data. |
| (line 30) |
| * gdbarch_data: Misc Guidelines. (line 133) |
| * gdbarch_data_register_post_init: Misc Guidelines. (line 118) |
| * gdbarch_data_register_pre_init: Misc Guidelines. (line 108) |
| * gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 205) |
| * gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 446) |
| * gdbarch_double_bit: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 467) |
| * gdbarch_dummy_id: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 519) |
| * gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 216) |
| * gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 220) |
| * gdbarch_float_bit: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 471) |
| * gdbarch_fp0_regnum: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 200) |
| * gdbarch_get_longjmp_target <1>: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 231) |
| * gdbarch_get_longjmp_target: Algorithms. (line 263) |
| * gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint: Algorithms. (line 396) |
| * gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 253) |
| * gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 259) |
| * gdbarch_init_osabi: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 125) |
| * gdbarch_int_bit: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 474) |
| * gdbarch_integer_to_address: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 274) |
| * gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info: Looking Up an Existing Architecture. |
| (line 22) |
| * gdbarch_long_bit: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 477) |
| * gdbarch_long_double_bit: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 481) |
| * gdbarch_long_long_bit: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 485) |
| * gdbarch_lookup_osabi: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 119) |
| * gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 130) |
| * gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 130) |
| * gdbarch_osabi_name: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 97) |
| * gdbarch_pointer_to_address <1>: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 295) |
| * gdbarch_pointer_to_address: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 105) |
| * gdbarch_print_insn: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 509) |
| * gdbarch_ptr_bit: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 489) |
| * gdbarch_push_dummy_call: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 363) |
| * gdbarch_push_dummy_code: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 375) |
| * gdbarch_register <1>: Adding a New Target. (line 40) |
| * gdbarch_register: How an Architecture is Represented. |
| (line 19) |
| * gdbarch_register_osabi: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 103) |
| * gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 112) |
| * gdbarch_register_to_value <1>: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 301) |
| * gdbarch_register_to_value: Register and Memory Data. |
| (line 46) |
| * gdbarch_return_value: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 394) |
| * gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 390) |
| * gdbarch_short_bit: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 493) |
| * gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 430) |
| * gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 441) |
| * gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 450) |
| * gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 359) |
| * gdbarch_value_to_register <1>: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 525) |
| * gdbarch_value_to_register: Register and Memory Data. |
| (line 62) |
| * gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 497) |
| * GDBINIT_FILENAME: Host Definition. (line 74) |
| * generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections: OS ABI Variant Handling. |
| (line 133) |
| * get_frame_register: Stack Frames. (line 15) |
| * get_frame_type: Stack Frames. (line 22) |
| * HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT: Algorithms. (line 402) |
| * HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM: Misc Guidelines. (line 376) |
| * HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT: Algorithms. (line 386) |
| * i386_cleanup_dregs: Algorithms. (line 576) |
| * I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS: Algorithms. (line 489) |
| * I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR: Algorithms. (line 485) |
| * I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR: Algorithms. (line 482) |
| * I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL: Algorithms. (line 479) |
| * i386_insert_hw_breakpoint: Algorithms. (line 564) |
| * i386_insert_watchpoint: Algorithms. (line 536) |
| * i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint: Algorithms. (line 514) |
| * i386_remove_hw_breakpoint: Algorithms. (line 564) |
| * i386_remove_watchpoint: Algorithms. (line 536) |
| * i386_stopped_by_watchpoint: Algorithms. (line 528) |
| * i386_stopped_data_address: Algorithms. (line 521) |
| * I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS: Algorithms. (line 461) |
| * in_dynsym_resolve_code: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 263) |
| * inferior_added: GDB Observers. (line 168) |
| * inferior_appeared: GDB Observers. (line 172) |
| * inferior_created: GDB Observers. (line 92) |
| * inferior_exit: GDB Observers. (line 175) |
| * inferior_removed: GDB Observers. (line 179) |
| * inner_than: Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames. |
| (line 30) |
| * IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH: Misc Guidelines. (line 387) |
| * IS_DIR_SEPARATOR: Misc Guidelines. (line 382) |
| * ISATTY: Host Definition. (line 99) |
| * length_of_subexp: Language Support. (line 58) |
| * lint: Host Definition. (line 119) |
| * LITTLE_BREAKPOINT: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 100) |
| * LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR: Host Definition. (line 114) |
| * make_cleanup: Misc Guidelines. (line 28) |
| * make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end: User Interface. (line 247) |
| * make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end: User Interface. (line 223) |
| * memory_changed: GDB Observers. (line 184) |
| * NATDEPFILES: Native Debugging. (line 8) |
| * new_objfile: GDB Observers. (line 109) |
| * new_thread: GDB Observers. (line 114) |
| * normal_stop: GDB Observers. (line 76) |
| * op_print_tab: Language Support. (line 91) |
| * parse_exp_1: Language Support. (line 97) |
| * pc_regnum: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 58) |
| * prefixify_subexp: Language Support. (line 58) |
| * print_float_info: Register Information Functions. |
| (line 80) |
| * print_registers_info: Register Information Functions. |
| (line 53) |
| * print_subexp: Language Support. (line 91) |
| * print_vector_info: Register Information Functions. |
| (line 96) |
| * PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG: Host Definition. (line 109) |
| * ps_regnum: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 69) |
| * pseudo_register_read: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 29) |
| * pseudo_register_write: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 33) |
| * push_dummy_call: Functions Creating Dummy Frames. |
| (line 13) |
| * push_dummy_code: Functions Creating Dummy Frames. |
| (line 57) |
| * read_pc: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 10) |
| * regcache_cooked_read: Register Caching. (line 23) |
| * regcache_cooked_read_signed: Register Caching. (line 23) |
| * regcache_cooked_read_unsigned: Register Caching. (line 23) |
| * regcache_cooked_write: Register Caching. (line 23) |
| * regcache_cooked_write_signed: Register Caching. (line 23) |
| * regcache_cooked_write_unsigned: Register Caching. (line 23) |
| * REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 311) |
| * REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 306) |
| * register_name: Register Information Functions. |
| (line 10) |
| * register_reggroup_p: Register Information Functions. |
| (line 110) |
| * register_type: Register Information Functions. |
| (line 33) |
| * regset_from_core_section: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 316) |
| * REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 536) |
| * SENTINEL_FRAME: Stack Frames. (line 22) |
| * set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 83) |
| * set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 330) |
| * SIGWINCH_HANDLER: Host Definition. (line 78) |
| * SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY: Host Definition. (line 82) |
| * skip_prologue: Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames. |
| (line 12) |
| * SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 267) |
| * SLASH_STRING: Misc Guidelines. (line 404) |
| * SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 324) |
| * SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 320) |
| * SOLIB_ADD: Native Debugging. (line 86) |
| * SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK: Native Debugging. (line 92) |
| * solib_loaded: GDB Observers. (line 99) |
| * solib_unloaded: GDB Observers. (line 104) |
| * sp_regnum: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 49) |
| * START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED: Native Debugging. (line 96) |
| * STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT: Algorithms. (line 408) |
| * store_typed_address: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 70) |
| * struct: GDB Observers. (line 62) |
| * TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT: Algorithms. (line 333) |
| * target_changed: GDB Observers. (line 82) |
| * TARGET_CHAR_BIT: Defining Other Architecture Features. |
| (line 454) |
| * target_insert_breakpoint: Algorithms. (line 211) |
| * target_insert_hw_breakpoint: Algorithms. (line 234) |
| * target_insert_watchpoint: Algorithms. (line 347) |
| * TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT: Algorithms. (line 343) |
| * target_remove_breakpoint: Algorithms. (line 211) |
| * target_remove_hw_breakpoint: Algorithms. (line 234) |
| * target_remove_watchpoint: Algorithms. (line 347) |
| * target_resumed: GDB Observers. (line 129) |
| * target_stopped_data_address: Algorithms. (line 364) |
| * target_watchpoint_addr_within_range: Algorithms. (line 378) |
| * test_notification: GDB Observers. (line 196) |
| * thread_exit: GDB Observers. (line 117) |
| * thread_ptid_changed: GDB Observers. (line 164) |
| * thread_stop_requested: GDB Observers. (line 122) |
| * tracepoint_created: GDB Observers. (line 147) |
| * tracepoint_deleted: GDB Observers. (line 151) |
| * tracepoint_modified: GDB Observers. (line 155) |
| * ui_out_field_core_addr: User Interface. (line 287) |
| * ui_out_field_fmt: User Interface. (line 261) |
| * ui_out_field_fmt_int: User Interface. (line 280) |
| * ui_out_field_int: User Interface. (line 273) |
| * ui_out_field_skip: User Interface. (line 352) |
| * ui_out_field_stream: User Interface. (line 320) |
| * ui_out_field_string: User Interface. (line 291) |
| * ui_out_flush: User Interface. (line 392) |
| * ui_out_list_begin: User Interface. (line 234) |
| * ui_out_list_end: User Interface. (line 240) |
| * ui_out_message: User Interface. (line 376) |
| * ui_out_spaces: User Interface. (line 371) |
| * ui_out_stream_delete: User Interface. (line 315) |
| * ui_out_stream_new: User Interface. (line 309) |
| * ui_out_table_begin: User Interface. (line 165) |
| * ui_out_table_body: User Interface. (line 191) |
| * ui_out_table_end: User Interface. (line 194) |
| * ui_out_table_header: User Interface. (line 178) |
| * ui_out_text: User Interface. (line 358) |
| * ui_out_tuple_begin: User Interface. (line 210) |
| * ui_out_tuple_end: User Interface. (line 216) |
| * ui_out_wrap_hint: User Interface. (line 382) |
| * unwind_dummy_id: Functions Creating Dummy Frames. |
| (line 38) |
| * unwind_pc: Functions to Access Frame Data. |
| (line 11) |
| * unwind_sp: Functions to Access Frame Data. |
| (line 27) |
| * value_as_address: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 84) |
| * value_from_pointer: Pointers and Addresses. |
| (line 93) |
| * void: GDB Observers. (line 67) |
| * volatile: Host Definition. (line 122) |
| * wrap_here: Misc Guidelines. (line 191) |
| * write_pc: Register Architecture Functions & Variables. |
| (line 13) |
| |
| |
| |
| Tag Table: |
| Node: Top1503 |
| Node: Summary2454 |
| Node: Requirements2604 |
| Node: Contributors4083 |
| Node: Overall Structure5676 |
| Node: Algorithms10699 |
| Node: User Interface42141 |
| Ref: UI-Independent Output43996 |
| Ref: User Interface-Footnote-165986 |
| Ref: User Interface-Footnote-266035 |
| Node: libgdb66270 |
| Node: Values70221 |
| Node: Stack Frames73065 |
| Node: Symbol Handling78047 |
| Node: Language Support94852 |
| Node: Host Definition99578 |
| Node: Target Architecture Definition103937 |
| Node: OS ABI Variant Handling104757 |
| Node: Initialize New Architecture109602 |
| Node: How an Architecture is Represented109953 |
| Node: Looking Up an Existing Architecture111910 |
| Node: Creating a New Architecture114829 |
| Node: Registers and Memory116867 |
| Node: Pointers and Addresses117659 |
| Ref: Pointers and Addresses-Footnote-1123660 |
| Node: Address Classes123903 |
| Node: Register Representation127148 |
| Node: Raw and Cooked Registers127522 |
| Node: Register Architecture Functions & Variables128706 |
| Node: Register Information Functions132315 |
| Ref: Register Information Functions-Footnote-1138217 |
| Node: Register and Memory Data138636 |
| Node: Register Caching141785 |
| Node: Frame Interpretation143321 |
| Node: All About Stack Frames143727 |
| Ref: All About Stack Frames-Footnote-1149019 |
| Node: Frame Handling Terminology149251 |
| Node: Prologue Caches151778 |
| Node: Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames153459 |
| Ref: frame_align155557 |
| Node: Functions to Access Frame Data157071 |
| Node: Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers159362 |
| Ref: Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers-Footnote-1164012 |
| Node: Inferior Call Setup164509 |
| Node: About Dummy Frames164792 |
| Node: Functions Creating Dummy Frames165418 |
| Node: Adding support for debugging core files169475 |
| Node: Defining Other Architecture Features170019 |
| Ref: gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc174866 |
| Ref: gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr187260 |
| Ref: gdbarch_push_dummy_call187507 |
| Ref: gdbarch_push_dummy_code188067 |
| Ref: gdbarch_return_value189049 |
| Ref: gdbarch_dummy_id194686 |
| Node: Adding a New Target195374 |
| Node: Target Descriptions197841 |
| Node: Target Descriptions Implementation198780 |
| Node: Adding Target Described Register Support200154 |
| Node: Target Vector Definition203100 |
| Node: Managing Execution State203632 |
| Node: Existing Targets205445 |
| Node: Native Debugging207960 |
| Node: Support Libraries211788 |
| Node: Coding Standards223313 |
| Node: Misc Guidelines231474 |
| Node: Porting GDB249837 |
| Node: Versions and Branches251715 |
| Ref: Tags257671 |
| Ref: experimental branch tags258002 |
| Node: Start of New Year Procedure258734 |
| Node: Releasing GDB260195 |
| Node: Testsuite278427 |
| Ref: Testsuite-Footnote-1293304 |
| Node: Hints293422 |
| Node: Getting Started293744 |
| Node: Debugging GDB297909 |
| Node: GDB Observers303037 |
| Node: GNU Free Documentation License311581 |
| Node: Concept Index336756 |
| Node: Function and Variable Index360391 |
| |
| End Tag Table |